Home

Technical Reference Guide

1. Processor Auxilia Chassis Fan Accessible rive Bays System Board _ Drive Bays Back Front AGP Slot 2 PCI Slot 1 4 Speaker 3 PCI Slot 2 PCI Slot 3 PCI Slot 4 PCI Slot 5 NOTES 1 Auxiliary chassis fan installed on systems with 933 MHz or faster processor 2 AGP slot may be populated with graphics card or GPA AIMM card on some configurations 3 Installed systems with integrated AC97 audio Figure 2 6 Configurable Minitower Chassis Layout Left Side View Minitower configuration Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 2 9 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 3 3 BOARD LAYOUTS 9 9 9 049000209 oo GGG 0000 Teo 1I Ode 2 69 69 69 M Riser Board PCA 010636 System Board 010633 010700 011035 011308 or 011311 amp Item Description Item Description 1 SCSI hard drive LED connector 19 Power supply connector 2 PCI
2. 2 21 TABLE 2 10 HARD DRIVE 8 2 2 2 0 1 000 0000000000000000000000050050500 2 21 TABLE 3 1 CELERON PROCESSOR STATISTICAL COMPARISON 222 44 0020 040000000000000000000880 3 2 TABLE 3 2 PENTIUM III PROCESSOR STATISTICAL 5 3 3 TABLE 3 3 SPD ADDRESS MAP SDRAM 3 6 TABLE 3 4 HosT PCI BRIDGE CONFIGURATION REGISTERS GMCH FUNCTION 0 3 8 TABLE 4 1 PCI DEVICE CONFIGURATION ACCESS inner sre 4 4 TABLE 4 2 SYSTEM BOARD PCI DEVICE IDENTIFICATION 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2000 1000000000000000000000000000000 4 5 TABLE 4 3 PCI BUS MASTERING DEVICES eese enne 4 6 TABLE 4 4 LPC BRIDGE CONFIGURATION REGISTERS ICH2 FUNCTION 0 sse 4 8 TABLE 4 5 PCI BUS CONNECTOR 0 40 4 0000 000 200 4 9 TABLE 4 6 PCI AGP BRIDGE CONFIGURATION REGISTERS FUNCTION 1 4 13 TABLE 4 7 BUS CONNECTOR 22 2 42 200200004 000000000000 4 14 TABLE 4 8 MASKABLE INTERRUPT PRIORITIES AND 551 8 0 4 16 TABLE 4 9 MASKABLE INTERRUPT CONTROL 8
3. L 8 System Board 010630 011032 011305 Item Description Item Description 1 PCI bus expansion connectors 17 Diskette drive connector 2 AGP connector 18 Primary IDE connector 3 Chassis fan connector 19 Secondary IDE connector 4 Smart Cover Lock solenoid connector 4 20 Power Button LED connector 1 5 Top to bottom Line in line out Mic in 3 21 CMOS clear memory button 6 Network interface connector 22 Aux 3 3 VDC LED 7 Top serial 2 bottom serial COM1 23 Power button diagnostic LED 8 Monitor connector 24 Password jumper 2 9 Parallel port LPT1 connector 25 AOL SOS connector 10 Mouse connector 26 CD ROM audio input connector 11 Keyboard connector 27 Smart Cover Sensor connector 12 Top USB port B Bottom USB port A 28 Speaker connector 13 Processor socket 29 Aux audio input connector 14 Processor fan connector 30 Aux 5 VDC LED 15 DIMM sockets 31 Firmware hub BIOS ROM 16 Power supply connector 32 CMOS battery NOTE 1 Connector for power IDE HD LED and SCSI HD LEDs 2 Jumper installed password enabled Jumper removed password cleared 3 Not installed on 011032 only 4 Audio connector on PCA 011305 Figure 2 8 Slim Desktop or Configurable Minitower System Board Layout Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Com
4. eee ELE cua 4 33 4 7 1 SECURITY FUNCTIONS neret eite needed 4 33 4 7 2 nennen trennen inneren trennen 4 35 4 7 3 SYSTEM STATUS ntes e e b eiie it e a ee een ie 4 35 4 7 4 THERMAL SENSING AND COOLING nennen nennen 4 36 4 8 REGISTER MAP AND MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTIONS eerte 4 38 4 8 1 SYSTEM VO MAP 4 eise nare eese REO RERO EROR EUER EUER EXER 4 38 4 8 2 82801 ICH2 GENERAL PURPOSE FUNCTIONS sees 4 39 4 8 3 LPC47B357 I O CONTROLLER FUNCTIONS essent 4 40 CHAPTER 5 INPUT OUTPUT 5 0 22 enses to snas totas tasto tasas to 51 INTRODUCTION piss iiiter nette ee reete hl ee eee redes 5 1 5 2 ENHANCED IDE 5 1 52 1 IDE PROGRAMMING iiie tete tee ere ne eh re 5 1 5 2 2 IDE CONNECTOR e ee P ERE d HUI 5 3 53 DISKETTE DRIVE INTERFACE etit teet iie tei ete aee itum 5 4 53 1 DISKETTE DRIVE PROGRAMMINQG esee enne ener enne trennen nnns 5 5 5 3 2 DISKETTE DRIVE CONNECTOR 5 7 545 teense Pee ede 5 8 5 4 1 IRS223 ZANT ERA CE 5 8 5 4
5. COM1 Conn P89 COMI Serial A DB 9 Conn 1 NOTES 1 Connector mounted on rear chassis panel PCA 010633 and 010700 only PCA 011035 has speaker mounted on system board Figure 7 5 Small Form Factor Signal Distribution Diagram 7 8 gt Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Chassis Fan Slim Desktop Only Front Bezel Board 180706 Connector NOTES Dsk Conn P10 PCI Slot Conn Mouse Conn J67 Kybd Conn J66 Cover Sense Smart Cover Lock Unlock Pwr Btn Pwr HD LED 3 5 12 VDC 3 5AUX Fan Cntrl PS On Data Cnt Sete Drive 2 _ lt gt Models with 933 MHz or faster processor Models with AGP graphics controller card Select Workstation AP230 models only See Figure 7 8 for header pinout 5 12 VDC SCSI Power On Power Supply Assembly Power On off Activity Configurable Minitower ar Only Power On System IDE lt Data 010630 Pri IDE
6. Figure 6 3 NVIDIA TNT2 Pro Graphics Subsystem The NVIDIA TNT2 Pro supports AGP 4X protocol providing a peak transfer rate of 1GB s controller achieves high 3D performance with special rendering techniques such as single cycle multi texturing and parallel triangle processing The controller utilizes a portion of system memory for texturing instructions and control while employing 16 megabytes of SDRAM for the frame display buffer Video BIOS is included in the system BIOS ROM and copied into system memory at runtime Key features of the NVIDIA based subsystem include 300 MHz DAC QuickDraw DirectX 6 PC98 99 Broadcast PC DirectShow OpenGL compatible 2D accelerator with e Programmable transparent BitBLT acceleration MS DirectDraw support e High speed 32 bit VGA core 3D accelerator with e Ultra pipelined floating point engine e Hardware dithering including LUT textures Video support features including Color conversion and scaling 30 FPS DVD performance Universal driver compatibility allows easy upgrading to other NVIDIA controllers 6 6 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 6 3 1 6 3 2 6 3 3 Technical Reference Guide DISPLAY MODES The graphics modes supported by the NVIDIA controller are listed in Tables 6 3
7. 3 o gt ER Slim Desktop and Configurable Minitower models only Figure 4 1 PCI Bus Devices and Functions 4 2 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 4 2 1 PCI BUS TRANSACTIONS The PCI bus consists of a 32 bit path AD31 00 lines that uses a multiplexed scheme for handling both address and data transfers A bus transaction consists of an address cycle and one or more data cycles with each cycle requiring a clock PCICLK cycle High performance is realized during burst modes in which a transaction with contiguous memory locations requires that only one address cycle be conducted and subsequent data cycles are completed using auto incremented addressing Four types of address cycles can take place on the PCI bus I O memory configuration and special Address decoding is distributed left up to each device on the PCI bus 4 2 1 1 I O and Memory Cycles For I O and memory cycles a standard 32 bit address decode AD31 0 for byte level addressing 15 handled by the appropriate PCI device For memory addressing PCI devices decode the AD31 2 lines for dword level addressing and check the AD1 0 lines for burst linear incrementing mode In burst mode subsequent data phases are conducted a dword at a time with addressing assumed to increment accordingly four bytes at
8. Figure G 4 Internal 50 Pin Ultra SCSI Connector Pin 2 Table G 4 Internal 50 Pin Ultra SCSI Connector Pinout Pin Signal Function Signal Function 1 GND Ground DBO Data Bit 0 3 GND Ground DB1 Data Bit 1 5 GND Ground DB2 Data Bit 2 7 GND Ground DB3 Data Bit 3 9 GND Ground DB4 Data Bit 4 11 GND Ground DB5 Data Bit 5 13 GND Ground DB6 Data Bit 6 15 GND Ground DB7 Data Bit 7 17 GND Ground DBP Data Bus Pulse 19 GND Ground GND Ground 21 GND Ground CS Cable Sense 23 Open Open Open Open 25 Open Open TERMPWR 9 Termination Power 27 Open Open Open Open 29 GND Ground GND Ground 31 GND Ground ATN Attention 33 GND Ground GND Ground 35 GND Ground BSY Busy 37 GND Ground ACK Acknowledge 39 GND Ground SBRST Reset 41 GND Ground MSG Message Activity 43 GND Ground SEL Select 45 GND Ground C D Control Data Transfer Indicator 47 GND Ground REQ Request 49 GND Ground 1 Input Output Indicator Original December 2000 Compaq Personal Computers G 5 Appendix K Compaq Adaptec 29160N SCSI Host Adapter G 5 3 INTERNAL 68 PIN ULTRA160 SCSI CONNECTOR The card provides one internal 68 pin Ultra160 SCSI connector This connection is designed for a 68 conductor unshielded Twist N Flat cable as specified in the T 10 SPI 2 standard
9. A 6 TABLE 9 SERIAL INTERFACE ERROR 55 8 1 124 ener eene nenne entere nennen A 6 TABLE 10 SERIAL INTERFACE ERROR 55 6 0 0 1 7 TABLE 11 SYSTEM STATUS ERROR MESSAGES 8 TABLE A 12 HARD DRIVE ERROR rennen 8 TABLE 13 HARD DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES ccccccsccccsessssscececececsessaeceeccecsesesaecececccsensnnsseceeeesenenseaeeeeecs A 9 TABLEA 14 HARD DRIVEMESSAGES eerte eerte eto ei Head kote ge A 9 TABLE A 15 AUDIO ERROR 655 8 2 0 000002 0000001000000000000000000000000000 rennen nnne nns A 10 TABLE A 16 DVD CD ROM DRIVE ERROR A 10 TABLE A 17 NETWORK INTERFACE ERROR 55 5 2 2 1 1 220 00 ene ener A 10 TABLE 18 SCSI INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES nennen nennen 11 TABLE 19 POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES eene ementi 11 TABLE C 1 KEYBOARD TO SYSTEM 11 TABLE C 2 KEYBOARD SCAN 8 2 41 22 2 innen C 12 xii Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium
10. Conn Pin1 2 Pin3 Pin4 5 Pin7 Ping Pin9 10 11 Pin 12 NOTES 1 This row represents pins 13 24 of connector P1 All and values are VDC RTN lt Return signal ground GND lt Power ground RS Remote sense FO Fan off FSpd Fan speed FS Fan Sink Figure 7 3 Slim Desktop Configurable Minitower Power Cable Diagram 7 6 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 7 2 2 LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION Voltages less than 3 3 VDCincluding processor core VccP voltage are produced through regulator circuitry on the system board 5 AUX 53 Mode 5VvDC RAM PWR ZAS DIMMs Circuit VDDQ 1 a AGP Bus Det gt AGP PWR Ol AGP Bus LM317 erga Regulator gt Pull Up Logic Circuit 3 3 VDC gt 3 3 VDC Regulator VTT 1 5 gt Power Supply lt Circuit gt Processor 5 VDC 12 VDC X 7 VID25MV Regulator VccP see text VIDO Circuit Processor lt gt gt VID3 M gt NOTE 1 VDDQ 1 5 for AGP 4X cards Type Det grounded 3 3 for AGP 1X 2X cards Type Det left open Figure 7 4 Low Voltage Supply and Distribution Diagram The VccP regulator produces the VccP processor core voltage according to the strapping of sign
11. 4 2 CONFIGURATION RE 4 3 PCI CONFIGURATION SPACE MAPPING 22 4 22 6001 enne enne 4 5 4 4 PCI BUS CONNECTOR 32 BIT 4 9 RE 4 5 DATA TRANSFER PEAK TRANSFER RATE 266 5 4 11 RE 4 6 2X DATA TRANSFER PEAK TRANSFER RATE 532 4 12 RE 4 7 AGP 4X DATA TRANSFER PEAK TRANSFER RATE 1064 8 4 12 4 8 UNIVERSAL AGP BUS CONNECTOR 2 2044 4400000000000 000000000000 nns 4 14 RE 4 9 MASKABLE INTERRUPT PROCESSING BLOCK 999 4 15 4 10 CONFIGURATION MEMORY rer rene 4 23 4 11 SMALL FORM FACTOR FAN CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM eene eene een nennen 4 37 4 12 SLIM DESKTOP CONFIGURABLE MINITOWER FAN CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM 4 37 RE 5 1 40 PIN PRIMARY IDE CONNECTOR ON SYSTEM 5 3 5 2 34 PIN DISKETTE DRIVE 22 2 2 0 0000001 5 7 RE 5 3 SERIAL INTERFACE CONNECTOR MALE DB 9 AS VIEWED FROM REAR OF CHASSIS 5 8 RE 5 4 COMI SERIAL INTERFACE HEADER SMALL FORM FACTOR SYSTEM BOARD ONLY 5 9 RE 5 5 PARALLEL INTERFACE CONNECTOR FEMALE DB 25 AS VIEWED FROM REAR OF CHASSIS 5 15 RE 5 6 8042 TO KEYBOARD TRANSMISSI
12. Table 6 3 NVIDIA TNT2 Pro Graphics Display Modes Resolution Bits per pixel Color Depth Max Refresh Frequency Hz 640 x 480 8 256 85 640 x 480 16 65K 85 640 x 480 24 16 7M 85 800 x 600 8 256 85 800 x 600 16 65K 85 800 x 600 24 16 7M 85 1024 x 768 8 256 85 1024 x 768 16 65K 85 1024 x 768 24 16 7M 85 1152 x 864 8 256 85 1152 x 864 16 65K 85 1152 x 864 24 16 7M 85 1280 x 1024 8 256 85 1280 x 1024 16 65K 85 1280 x 1024 24 16 7M 85 1600 x 1200 8 256 85 1600 x 1200 16 65K 85 1600 x 1200 24 16 7M 85 1800 x 1440 8 256 85 1800 x 1440 16 65K 85 1800 x 1440 24 16 7M 85 1920 x 1080 8 256 85 1920 x 1080 16 65K 85 1920 x 1080 24 16 7M 85 1920 x 1200 8 256 75 NVIDIA GRAPHICS PROGRAMMING The NVIDIA graphics controller is configured through PCI configuration registers and controlled through memory mapped registers by an appropriate software driver NVIDIA GRAPHICS UPGRADING The method of upgrading the NVIDIA graphics controller is determined by the system type Compaq Deskpro EN Small Form Factor No AGP slot is provided for upgrading the NVIDIA graphics on Deskpro EN SFF models which have the NVIDIA graphics controller embedded on the system board Since PCI graphics adapters are generally considered inferior to AGP types a true upgrade is not possible on these systems However dual monitor support is possible by adding a PCI type graphics card Compaq Deskpro EN Slim Desktop Configurable Minitower Upgrading the AGP graphi
13. Pin 34 Pin 1 35 Figure 5 Ultra 160 SCSI Connector 68 pin header type Table G 5 Ultra160 SCSI Connector Pinout Pin Signal Function Pin Signal Function 1 GND Ground 35 DB12 Data Bit 12 2 GND Ground 36 DB13 Data Bit 13 3 GND Ground 37 DB14 Data Bit 14 4 GND Ground 38 DB15 Data Bit 15 5 GND Ground 39 DBP Data Bus Parity 6 GND Ground 40 DBO Data Bit 0 7 GND Ground 41 DB1 Data Bit 1 8 GND Ground 42 DB2 Data Bit 2 9 GND Ground 43 DB3 Data Bit 3 10 GND Ground 44 DB4 Data Bit 4 11 GND Ground 45 DB5 Data Bit 5 12 GND Ground 46 DB6 Data Bit 6 13 GND Ground 47 DB7 Data Bit 7 14 GND Ground 48 DBP Data Bus Parity 15 GND Ground 49 GND Ground 16 GND Ground 50 GND Ground 17 TERMPWR _ Termination Power 51 TERMPWR _ Termination Power 18 TERMPWR _ Termination Power 52 TERMPWR _ Termination Power 19 GND Ground 53 Int_Out Interrupt Out 20 GND Ground 54 SBRST Burst 21 GND Ground 55 ATN Attention 22 GND Ground 56 GND Ground 23 GND Ground 57 BSY Busy 24 GND Ground 58 ACK Acknowledge 25 GND Ground 59 RESET Reset 26 GND Ground 60 MSG Message Activity 27 GND Ground 61 SEL Select 28 GND Ground 62 C D Control Data Transfer Indicator 29 GND Ground 63 REQ Request 30 GND Ground 64 Input Output Indicator 31 GND Ground 65 DB8 Data Bit 8 32 GND Ground 66 DB9 Data Bit 9 33 GND Ground 67 DB10 Data Bit 10 34 GND Ground 68 DB11 Data Bit 11 G 6 Compaq Personal Computers Original December 2
14. 4441 44000 4 17 TABLE 4 10 DEFAULT DMA CHANNEL 5 4 19 TABLE 4 11 DMA PAGE REGISTER ADDRESSES en 4 20 TABLE 4 12 CONTROLLER 8 8 en tnne enters rennen ener enne nis 4 21 TABLE 4 13 CLOCK GENERATION AND 0000 0 0 000 0 4 22 TABLE 4 14 CONFIGURATION MEMORY CMOS MAP 2 2 120000 00 000 0000000 4 24 TABLE 4 15 SYSTEM BOOT ROM FLASH STATUS LED INDICATIONS eee enne 4 35 TABLE 4 16 SYSTEM OPERATIONAL STATUS LED INDICATIONS 4 36 TABEE4 17 SYSTEM VO ceeds ove ce dea asics iie ier 4 38 TABLE 4 18 82801 ICH2 GPIO REGISTER 4 39 TABLE 4 19 LPC47B357 CONTROL 5 ener enne 4 40 TABLE 4 20 LPC47B357 GPIO REGISTER UTILIZATION eese eee enne enne 4 41 TABLE 5 1 IDE PCI CONFIGURATION 8 65 5 2 TABLE 5 2 IDE BUS MASTER CONTROL REGISTERS 5 2 TABLE 5 3 40 PIN PRIMARY IDE CONNECTOR PINOUT enne enne enne eren nennen nennen 5 3 TABLE 5 4 DISKETTE DRIVE CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION 8 5 5 TABLE 5 5 DISKETTE DRIVE INTERFACE CONT
15. 80h 1 FOh FWH Decode Enable 2 OFh 88h Dev 31 Error Config 00h F2h Function Disable Register 00h NOTE 1 Value for each byte Assume unmarked locations gaps as reserved Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 4 2 8 PCI CONNECTOR B62 B52 B49 1 n A52 1 Figure 4 4 PCI Bus Connector 32 Table 4 5 PCI Bus Connector Pinout Pin B Signal A Signal Pin B Signal A Signal 01 12 VDC TRST 32 AD17 AD16 02 TCK 12 VDC 33 C BE2 3 3 VDC 03 GND TMS 34 GND FRAME 04 TDO TDI 35 IRDY GND 05 5 VDC 5 VDC 36 3 3 VDC TRDY 06 5 VDC 37 DEVSEL GND 07 INTB INTC 38 GND STOP 08 INTD 5 39 LOCK 3 3 VDC 09 PRSNT1 Reserved 40 PERR SDONE n 10 RSVD 5 VDC 41 3 3 SBO 11 PRSNT2 Reserved 42 SERR GND 12 GND GND 43 3 3 VDC PAR 13 GND GND 44 C BE1 AD15 14 RSVD 3 3 AUX 45 AD14 3 3 VDC 15 GND RST 46 GND AD13 16 CLK 5 VDC 47 AD12 11 17 GND GNT 48 AD10 GND 18 REQ GND 49 GND 009 19 5 50 20 AD31 AD30 51 Key Key 21 AD29 3 3 VDC 52 ADOS C BEO 22 GND AD28 53 AD07 3 3 VDC 23 AD27 AD26 54 3 3 VDC 006 24 AD25 GND 55 05 AD04 25 3 3 VDC AD24 56 ADO03 GND 26 C BE3 IDSEL 57 GND 002 27 AD23 3 3 V
16. 07 39 Error status from drive 08 Drive already reserved 40 Drive timed out 6nyy 09 Reserved 41 SSI bus stayed busy 10 Reserved 42 lines bad 6nyy 11 Media soft error 6nyy 43 ACK did not deassert 6nyy 12 Drive not ready 6nyy 44 Parity error 6nyy 13 Media error 6nyy 50 Data pins bad 6nyy 14 Drive hardware error 51 Data line 7 bad 15 Illegal drive command 52 MSG C D or I O lines bad 6nyy 16 Media was changed 53 BSY never went busy 17 Tape write protected 54 BSY stayed busy 18 data detected 60 Controller CONFIG 1 register fault 21 Drive command aborted 61 Controller CONFIG 2 register fault 24 Media hard error 65 Media not unloaded 25 90 Fan failure 30 Controller timed out 91 Over temperature condition 31 Unrecoverable error 92 Side panel installed 32 Controller drive not connected 99 Autoloader reported tape loaded properly n 5 Hard drive yy 00 ID 6 CD ROM drive 08 Power check 7 Tape drive lt 05 Read 06 SA Media 08 Controller 23 Random read 28 Media load unload 20 POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 8601 xx Table A 19 Pointing Device Interface Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message X Probable
17. DISTRIBUTION The power supply assembly includes a multi connector cable assembly that routes 3 3 VDC 5 VDC 5 VDC 12 VC and 12 VDC to the system board as well as to the individual drive assemblies Figure 7 2 shows the power supply cabling for the Deskpro EN SFF series P3 4 P4 P3 0000 12 3 4 Drive P2 Assemblies P2 Power Supply Assembly n 165997 p 432 1 P1 est ystem Board EM Conn Pini Pin2 Pin3 Pin4 5 Pine Pin7 NOTES 1 This row represents pins 8 14 of connector P1 All and values are VDC RTN lt Return signal ground GND lt Power ground RS Remote sense FO Fan off FS Fan speed Figure 7 2 Small Form Factor Power Cable Diagram Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 7 5 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 7 Power Signal Distribution Figure 7 3 shows the power supply cabling for Deskpro EN SDT CMT series units P7 P6 P7 o b 432 1 To gt Drive P2 P6 Assemblies 0000 1 2 3 4 Power Supply Assembly To P1 SP 161071 on 386461 System 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011112
18. Liat 8 2 AIDING 8 2 822 CHANGEABLE SPLASH SCREEN ttt ttt ttt ttti 8 3 8 4 D LEE mmu M 8 4 8 3 1 UBOOPDEVICEQRDERO rd D AM Uae a 8 4 S30 NETWORK BOOT F12 SUPPORT duties rod re uae 8 4 83 3 MEMORY DETECTION AND CONFIGURATION eee 8 5 8 3 4 BOOT ERROR CODES coste io dde sedie isdem de ats 8 5 ba 2252 t RM I a D et 8 6 85 CLIENT MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS ettet ttt ttt 8 12 8 5 1 SYSTEM ID AND ROM 8 14 8 5 2 RETRIEVE 8 14 85 3 8 14 8 5 4 DRIVE FAULT PREDICTION 8 15 UPNPSUPPORT S bum vata D ecto 8 15 a fem um mA ND errata OPTS 8 16 87 POWER MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS csscssssssssssssssssssvessssssssvsesssssssvsesssssssvsesssssnsvsessssssees 8 17 871 INDEPENDENT PM SUPPORT ettet ttt ttt tette 8 17 8 19 813 SUPPORT 8 19 88 USB LEGACY SUPPORTA n e MD NE i
19. 4 gt Line Out Audio L R up Line CD Audio L HP CD ROM 4 Audio R sense HP Out Audio L R Headphones Out Figure 5 11 Audio Subsystem Functional Block Diagram Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers5 27 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 8 2 AC97 AUDIO CONTROLLER The AC97 Audio Controller is a PCI device device 31 function 5 that is integrated into the 82801 ICH component and supports the following functions Read write access to audio codec registers 16 bit stereo PCM output up to 48 KHz sampling 16 bit stereo PCM input 2 up to 48 KHz sampling Acoustic echo correction for microphone AC 97 Link Bus ACPI power management 99999 5 8 3 AC97 LINK BUS The audio controller and the audio codec communicate over a five signal AC97 Link Bus Figure 5 12 The AC97 Link Bus includes two serial data lines SD OUT SD IN that transfer control and PCM audio data serially to and from the audio codec using a time division multiplexed protocol The data lines are qualified by a 12 288 MHz CLK signal driven by the audio codec Data is transferred in frames synchronized by the 48 KHz SYNC signal which is derived from the clock signal and driven by the audio controller The SYNC signal is high during the frame s tag phase then falls during T17and remains low during th
20. A 10 A 18 NETWORK INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 60 A 10 A 19 SCSI INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 65 66XX XX 67 A 11 A 20 POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 8601 A 11 APPENDIX ASCII CHARACTER 6 Bik INTRODUCTION OE RE td E B 1 APPENDIX C KEYBOARD neret tete ee n tee ek Vo ER EE e Gel INTRODUCTIONS aei e e oe wein ia euer at C 1 C2 KEYSTROKE PROCESSING ecdesiae ie C 2 2 1 PS 2 TYPE KEYBOARD TRANSMISSIONS C 3 C 2 2 USB TYPE KEYBOARD TRANSMISSIONS 1 2 eene C 4 2 3 KEYBOARD EAYOUTS edes e bI ima iie C 5 C 2 4 oM wet nete NN Men Ne C 8 2 5 KEYBOARD COMMANDS i tette 11 2 6 SCAN CODES ee Si eei i e e Hee 11 C3 CONNECTORS ssec deett ipii festes ie ee ete Heind C 16 APPENDIX D COMPAQ NVIDIA TNT2 AGP GRAPHICS 22 24 Di INTRODUCTION o e eed eed dide cU RE REN d e D 1 02 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION aeie Rn eletti e RE rte e ev ie D 2 Di DISPLAY MODES sees este stetit eie ERE t e e eee Fiere cien D 3 04 SOFTWARE SUPPORT INFORMATION nennen nnne enn
21. POWER ON SELF TEST POST MESSAGES Table A 2 Power On Self Test POST Messages Error Message Probable Cause Invalid Electronic Serial Number Chassis serial number is corrupt Use Setup to enter a valid number Network Server Mode Active w o System is in network mode kybd 101 Option ROM Checksum Error A device s option ROM has failed is bad 102 system Board Failure Failed ESCD write A20 timer or DMA controller 150 Safe POST Active An option ROM failed to execute on a previous boot 162 System Options Not Set Invalid checksum RTC lost power or invalid configuration 163 Time amp Date Not Set Date and time information in CMOS is not valid 164 Memory Size Error Memory has been added or removed 201 Memory Error Memory test failed 213 Incompatible Memory Module BIOS detected installed DIMM s as being not compatible 216 Memory Size Exceeds Max Installed memory exceeds the maximum supported by the system 301 Keyboard Error Keyboard interface test failed improper connection or stuck key 303 Keyboard Controller Error Keyboard buffer failed empty 8042 failure or stuck key 304 Keyboard System Unit Error Keyboard controller failed self test 404 Parallel Port Address Conflict Current parallel port address is conflicting with another device 510 Slpash Image Corrupt Corrupted splash screen image Restore default image 601 Diskette Controller Error Diskette drive removed
22. 1 0090h for AGP external graphics implementation 0080h for GFX internal i740 implementation 2 8 for AGP 0 for GFX 3 8 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 4 SYSTEM SUPPORT 4 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter covers subjects dealing with basic system architecture and covers the following topics bus overview 4 2 page 4 2 bus overview 4 3 page 4 10 System resources 4 4 page 4 15 System clock distribution 4 5 page 4 22 Real time clock and configuration memory 4 6 page 4 23 System management 4 7 page 4 33 Register map and miscellaneous functions 4 8 page 4 38 This chapter covers functions provided by off the shelf chipsets and therefore describes only basic aspects of these functions as well as information unique to the systems covered in this guide For detailed information on specific components refer to the applicable manufacturer s documentation Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 4 1 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support 42 BUS OVERVIEW NOTE This section describes the PCI bus in general and highlights bus implementation in this particular system For detailed information regarding PCI bus operation refer to the PCI Local Bus Specification Revision 2 2
23. 5 9 3 POWER MANAGEMENT SUPPORT The NIC features Wired for Management WfM support providing system wake up from network events WOL as well as generating system status messages AOL and supports both APM and ACPI power management environments The controller receives 3 3 VDC auxiliary power as long as the system is plugged into a live AC receptacle allowing support of wake up events occuring over a network while the system is powered down or in a low power state 5 9 3 1 APM Environment The Advanced Power Management APM functionality of system wake up is implemented through the system s APM compliant BIOS and the controller s Magic Packet compliant hardware This environment bypasses operating system OS intervention allowing a plugged in unit to be turned on remotely over the network 1 remote wake up In APM mode the controller will respond upon receiving a Magic Packet which is a packet where the node s address is repeated 16 times Upon Magic packet detection the controller initiates the boot sequence 5 9 3 2 ACPI Environment The Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI functionality of system wake up is implemented through an ACPI compliant OS and is the default power management mode The following wakeup events may be individually enabled disabled through the supplied software driver Magic Packet Packet with node address repeated 16 times in data portion NOTE The following functions are support
24. 7 10 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 1 INTRODUCTION The Basic Input Output System BIOS of the computer is a collection of machine language programs stored as firmware in read only memory ROM The BIOS ROM includes such functions as Power On Self Test POST PCI device initialization Plug n Play support power management activities and the Setup utility The firmware contained in the BIOS ROM supports the following operating systems and specifications 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 999 DOS 6 2 Windows 3 1 and Windows for Workgroups 3 11 Windows 95 98 and 2000 Windows NT 3 5 and 4 0 OS 2 ver 2 1 and OS 2 Warp SCO Unix DMI 2 1 Intel Wired for Management WfM ver 2 2 Alert On LAN AOL and Wake On LAN WOL ACPI and OnNow APM 1 2 SMBIOS 2 3 1 PC98 99 and NetPC Boot Integrity Services BIS Video BIOS on systems with 815E based graphics or integrated nVIDIA AGP graphics Intel PXE boot ROM for the integrated LAN controller BIOS Boot Specification 1 01 Enhanced Disk Drive Specification 3 0 El Torito Bootable CD ROM Format Specification 1 0 ATAPI Removeable Media Device BIOS Specification 1 0 The BIOS ROM is a 512KB Intel Firmware Hub or Firmware Hub compatible part The runtime portion of the BIOS resides in a 128KB block from E0000h to FFFFFh This ch
25. Chapter 1 Introduction Table 1 1 Acronyms and Abbreviations Continued Acronym Abbreviation Description TAD telephone answering device TAFI Temperature sensing And Fan control Integrated circuit TCP tape carrier package TF trap flag TFT thin film transistor TIA Telecommunications Information Administration TPE twisted pair ethernet TPI track per inch TTL transistor transistor logic TV television TX transmit UART universal asynchronous receiver transmitter UDMA Ultra DMA URL Uniform resource locator us us microsecond USB Universal Serial Bus UTP unshielded twisted pair V volt VESA Video Electronic Standards Association VGA video graphics adapter VLSI very large scale integration VRAM Video RAM WOL Wake On LAN WRAM Windows RAM 2 zero insertion force socket 1 8 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 2 SYSTEM OVERVIEW 2 1 INTRODUCTION Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Figure 2 1 deliver an outstanding combination of manageability serviceability and consistency for enterprise environments Based on Intel Celeron and Pentium III processors with the Intel 815E Chipset these systems emphasize performance along with industry compatibility These models
26. Parallel port IDE primary controller 9999 NOTE The secondary controller is NOT included This is done to support auto sense of a CD ROM insertion auto run in case Windows or NT is running Note also that SCSI drive management is the responsibility of the SCSI driver Any IDE hard drive access resets the hard drive timer IDE Hard Drive Timer During POST an inactivity timer each IDE hard drive is set to control hard drive spin down Although this activity is independent of the system timer the system will not go to sleep until the primary IDE controller has been inactive for the system time out time The hard drive timer can be configured through the Setup utility for being disabled or counting down 10 15 20 30 60 120 180 or 240 minutes after which time the hard drive will spin down Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers8 17 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 7 1 2 Going to Sleep in Independent PM When a time out timer expires Standby for that timer occurs System Standby When the system acquires the Standby mode the BIOS performs two duties 1 Blanks the screen 2 Turns off Vsync to reduce CRT heater voltage Since the hard drive inactivity timer is in the drive and triggered by drive access the system be in Standby with the hard drives still spinning awake A NOTE The BIOS does not turn the fan s off as on previo
27. Table 4 1 PCI Component Configuration Access PCI IDSEL PCI Component Notes Function Device Bus Wired to 82815 GMCH Memory Controller 0 0 00h 0 AGP Bridge 0 1 01h 0 Direct AGP Graphics Cntlr 0 2 02h 0 AGP slot 3 0 0 00h 1 82801BA ICH2 0 30 0 LPC Bridge 0 31 0 EIDE Controller 1 31 1Fh 0 USB I F 1 1 2 31 1Fh 0 SMBus Controller 3 31 1Fh 0 USB I F 2 4 31 1Fh 0 AC97 Audio Controller 5 31 1Fh 0 AC97 Modem Controller 1 6 31 1Fh 0 Network Interface Controller 0 8 08h 2 PCI Connector 1 slot 1 2 0 4 04h 2 AD24 PCI Connector 2 slot 2 2 0 9 09h 2 AD25 PCI Connector 3 slot 3 2 0 10 0Ah 2 AD26 PCI Connector 4 slot 4 2 3 0 11 0Bh 2 AD27 PCI Connector 5 slot 5 2 3 0 13 2 AD29 NOTES 1 Not implemented 2 PCI bus number given is for standard configuration 3 Slim Desktop and Configurable Minitower models only Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Configuration Space Header Technical Reference Guide The register index bits lt 7 2 gt identifies 32 bit location within the configuration space of the PCI device to be accessed PCI devices can contain up to 256 bytes of configuration data Figure 4 3 of which the first 64 bytes comprise the configuration space header 31 24 23 16 15 8 7 0
28. 0 15 15 Continued x Notes listed at end of table C 12 Compaq Personal Computers Changed July 2000 Table C 2 Keyboard Scan Codes Continued Technical Reference Guide Key Make Break Codes Hex Pos __ Legend Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 41 11 91 1D FO 1D 1D FO 1D 42 E 12 92 24 0 24 24 0 24 43 13 93 2D F0 2D 20 0 2D 44 T 14 94 2C F0 2C 2C F0 2C 45 Y 15 95 35 F0 35 35 F0 35 46 U 16 96 3C F0 3C 47 17 97 43 43 48 18 98 44 0 44 44 0 44 49 19 99 4D FO 4D 4D FO 4D 50 1A 9A 54 0 54 54 0 54 51 1 1 9 5B FO 5B 5B F0 5B 52 Delete 53 E0 D3 EO 71 FO 71 64 F0 64 AA 53 E0 D3 2A 4 EO FO 12 EO 71 E0 FO 71 EO 12 2A 53 D3 AA 6 5 EO 12 EO 71 0 FO 71 EO 12 6 53 End 4F EO CF EO 69 E0 FO 69 65 F0 65 AA 4 CF EO 2A 4 EO FO 12 EO 69 0 FO 69 EO 12 2A 4 EO AA 6 5 EO 12 EO 69 0 FO 69 FO 12 6 54 Page Down 51 0 D1 EO 7 FO 7A 6D FO 6D AA 51 0 01 EO 2A 4 EO FO 12 EO 7 0 FO 7A EO 12 EO 51 E0 01 6 5 EO 12 EO 7A EO FO 7A EO FO 12 6 55 7 47 C7 6 6C FO 6C 6 6C na 6 56 8 48 C8 6 75 75 6 75 na 6 57 9 49 C9 6 7D FO 7D 6 7D na 6 58 4 6 79 79 6 7C FO 7C 59
29. 132 84 164 4 196 C4 298 4 x 133 85 165 A5 197 C5 229 E5 o 134 86 166 AG 198 C6 F 230 E6 u 135 87 167 4 199 C7 231 136 88 5 168 i 200 C8 L 232 137 89 169 9 201 C9 F 233 E9 9 138 8 170 AA a 202 CA 234 EA Q 139 8B i 171 E 203 285 5 140 8 i 172 AC 204 F 236 EC 141 8D i 173 AD i 205 CD 237 142 174 206 F 238 143 175 207 2 239 n 144 90 176 BO a 208 DO 1 240 FO 145 91 177 209 241 1 146 92 178 B2 B 210 D2 T 242 F2 gt 147 93 179 B3 21 D3 L 243 F3 lt 148 94 180 B4 1 212 244 F4 149 95 181 B5 4 213 D5 F 245 F5 150 96 182 86 1 214 D6 246 6 E 151 97 183 B7 1 245 247 F7 152 98 y 184 B8 3 216 D8 248 F8 153 99 185 B9 1 217 D9 1 249 F9 154 9A 8 186 218 r 250 155 9B 187 3 219 DB 251 N 156 9 188 BC 1 220 DC 252 i 157 9D Y 189 BD 1 221 DD 253 FD 158 190 4 222 DE 254 FE 159 9F f 191 1 223 DF 255 NOTES 1 Symbol not displayed Keystroke Guide Dec Keystroke s 0 2 1 26 Ctrl A thru Z respectively 27 28 Ctrl 29 Ctrl 30 Ctrl 6 31 Ctrl 32 Space Bar 33 43 Shift and key w corresponding symbol 44 47 Key w corresponding symbol 48 57 Key w corresponding symbol numerical keypad w Num Lock active
30. 2 WGATE status active high 1 0 MTR 2 1 ON status active high 3F2h 372h Digital Output Register DOR R W 7 6 Reserved 5 4 Motor 1 0 enable active high 3 DMA enable active high 2 Reset active low 1 0 Drive select 00 Drive 1 01 Drive 2 10 Reserved 11 Tape drive 3F3h 373h Tape Drive Register available for compatibility R W 3F4h 374h Main Status Register MSR R 7 Request for master host can transfer data active high 6 Transfer direction 0 write 1 read 5 non DMA execution active high 4 Command busy active high 3 2 Reserved 1 0 Drive 1 2 busy active high Data Rate Select Register DRSR lt 7 gt Software reset active high 6 Low power mode enable active high 5 Reserved 0 4 2 Precompensation select default 000 1 0 Data rate select 00 500 Kb s 01 300 Kb s 10 250 Kb s 11 2 1 Mb s 3F5h 375h Data Register R W lt 7 0 gt Data 3F6h 376h Reserved 3F7h 377h Digital Input Register DIR R lt 7 gt DSK CHG status records opposite value of pin lt 6 0 gt Reserved 0 Configuration Control Register CCR W lt 7 2 gt Reserved lt 1 0 gt Data rate select 00 500 Kb s 01 300 Kb s 10 250 Kb s 11 2 1 Mb s NOTE The most recently written data rate value to either DRSR or CCR will be in effect 5 6 Comp
31. 97 61 2 02 34 22 66 42 98 62 3 03 v 35 23 67 43 C 99 63 4 04 36 24 68 44 D 100 64 d 5 05 4 37 25 96 69 45 E 101 65 e 6 06 38 26 amp 70 46 F 102 66 f 7 07 e 39 27 71 47 103 67 9 8 08 40 28 72 48 H 104 68 h 9 09 41 29 73 49 105 69 10 mom 42 2A 74 4 J 106 6 j 11 d 43 2B 75 4 K 107 6B k 12 oc 44 2C 76 4C L 108 6C 13 00 45 20 77 40 M 109 6D m 14 46 2 78 4 110 6E n 15 3 47 2 79 4 111 6 16 10 48 30 0 80 50 112 70 17 11 4 49 31 1 81 51 Q 113 71 q 18 12 1 50 32 2 82 52 R 114 72 r 19 13 51 33 3 83 53 S 115 73 8 20 14 1 52 34 4 84 54 T 116 74 t 21 15 8 53 35 5 85 55 U 117 75 22 16 54 36 6 86 56 118 76 23 17 i 55 37 7 87 57 119 77 w 24 18 T 56 38 8 88 58 X 120 78 x 25 19 57 39 9 89 59 Y 121 79 y 26 E 58 3A 5 90 2 122 7 2 27 1 lt 59 3B 91 123 7 28 1 L 60 3C lt 92 5C 124 7C 29 1D o 61 3D 93 5D 125 7D 30 1 62 gt 94 126 7 31 1 v 63 3F 95 5F 127 7F Compaq Personal Computers B 1 Changed July 2000 Appendix ASCII Character Set Table B 1 ASCII Code Set Continued Dec Hex Symbol Dec Hex Symbol Dec Hex Symbol Dec Hex Symbol 128 80 160 0 192 224 129 81 161 Al 193 l 225 1 B 130 82 162 A2 194 C2 T 226 E2 T 131 83 163 195 227
32. AA 6 EO 12 EO 27 0 FO 27 FO 12 6 112 Win EO 5D EO DD EO 2 0 2F 8D FO 8D Apps AA 50 DD 2A 4 EO FO 12 2F EO FO 2F EO 12 5 7 EO 2A 5D DD AA 6 EO 12 2F EO FO 2F FO 12 6 Continued x Notes listed at end of table C 14 Compaq Personal Computers Changed July 2000 Technical Reference Guide Table C 2 Keyboard Scan Codes Continued Key Make Break Codes Hex Pos Legend Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Btn 1 8 EO 1E EO 9E EO 1C EO FO 1C 95 FO 95 Btn2 8 EO 26 E0 A6 EO 4B EO F0 4B 9C FO 9C Btn3 8 EO 25 E0 A5 EO 42 0 F0 42 9D FO 9D Btn4 8 EO 23 0 EO 33 E0 33 9A FO 9A Btn5 8 EO 21 0 A1 EO 2 0 0 2B 99 FO 99 Btn6 8 EO 12 0 92 EO 24 0 F0 24 96 FO 96 Btn7 8 EO 32 0 B2 EO 97 FO 97 Btn1 9 23 0 EO 33 E0 33 9A Btn2 9 EO 1 0 EO 1 0 1B 80 0 80 Btn3 9 1 9A EO 54 E0 54 99 99 Btn4 9 EO 1 0 9E EO 1C EO FO 1C 95 FO 95 Btn5 9 EO 13 0 93 EO 2D EO FO 2D OC FO Btn6 9 EO 14 0 94 EO 2C EO FO 2C 9D FO 9D Btn7 9 EO 15 E0 95 EO 35 E0 35 96 FO 96 Btn8 9 EO 1 0 9B EO 5 0 5B 97 FO 97 NOTES All codes assume Shift Ctrl and Alt keys inactive unless otherwise noted NA Not applicable 1 Shift left key active 2 Ctrl key active 3 Alt key active 4
33. Dual head features Two analog monitor RGB ports DVD max mode DualHead zoom mode DualHead clone mode DualHead TV output mode 3D accelerator with Hardware transform and lighting Anistropic filtering Specular lighting diffuse flat and Gouraud shading 16 24 bit Z buffering 360 MHz primary RAMDAC 200 MHz secondary RAMDAC VESA compliancy Dual DDC2B monitor support VIP 2 0 interface DPMS EPA Energy Star and ACPI compliant power management F 2 Compaq Personal Computers Original November 2000 Technical Reference Guide DISPLAY MODES The graphics display modes supported by the Matrox Millennium G450 Graphics are listed in Table F 1 Table F 1 Matrox Millennium G450 Graphics Display Modes Max Vertical Supporting Resolution Bits per pixel Color Depth Refresh Freq 1 RAMDAC 640 x 480 8 256 85 Hz Primary 640 x 480 16 65K 85 Hz Primary Secondary 640 x 480 24 16 7M 85 Hz Primary 640 x 480 32 16 7M 85 Hz Primary Secondary 800 x 600 8 256 85 Hz Primary 800 x 600 16 65K 85 Hz Primary Secondary 800 x 600 24 16 7M 85 Hz Primary 800 x 600 32 16 7M 85 Hz Primary Secondary 1024 x 768 8 256 85 Hz Primary 1024 x 768 16 65K 85 Hz Primary Secondary 1024 x 768 24 16 7M 85 Hz Primary 1024 x 768 32 16 7M 85 Hz Primary Secondary 1152 x 864 8 256 75 Hz Primary 1152 x 864 16 65K 75 Hz P
34. 07h PCI Status 0280h 3Ch Interrupt Line 00h 08h Revision ID 00h 3Dh Interrupt Pin 03h 09h Programming I F 00h 60h Serial Bus Release No 10h OAh Sub Class Code 03h CO Cth USB Leg Kybd Ms 2000h OBh Base Class Code C4h USB Resume Enable 00h 5 7 2 2 USB Control The USB is controlled through I O registers as listed in table 5 18 Table 5 18 USB Control Registers VO Addr Register Default Value 00 01 Command 0000h 02 03h Status 0000h 04 05h Interupt Enable 0000h 06 07 Frame Number 0000h 08 OB Frame List Base Address 0000h OCh Start of Frame Modify 40h 10 11h Port 1 Status Control 0080h 12 13h Port 2 Status Control 0080h 18h Test Data 00h 5 24 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 5 7 3 USB CONNECTOR These systems provide two series A connectors on the rear panel Figure 5 10 Universal Serial Bus Connector as viewed from the rear panel Table 5 19 USB Connector Pinout Signal Description 3 USB Data plus Ground Description 1 5 Data minus 5 7 4 USB CABLE DATA The recommended cable length between the host and the USB device should be no longer than sixteen feet for full channel 12 MB s operation depending on cable specification see following tab
35. 39 40 41 42 143 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 153 1541 55 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 103 72 za 74 75 104 76 77 78 79 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 H401 2 Figure 4 National 102 Key Keyboard Key Positions Compaq Personal Computers C 5 Changed July 2000 Appendix Keyboard C 2 3 2 Windows Enhanced Keyboards 1 2 3 1415 6 7 9 1011 12 13 14115 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1231 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 32 133 1341 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 5051 30 52 53 154 55 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 6869701 71 72 7 749 75 176 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 92 110 93 94 95 411 112 97 98 99 100 801 Figure 5 U S E
36. 75 85 1280 x 720 8 256 60 75 85 1280 x 720 16 65K 60 75 85 1280 x 720 24 16 7M 60 75 85 1280 x 960 8 256 60 75 85 1280 x 960 16 65K 60 75 85 1280 x 960 24 16 7M 60 75 85 1280 x 1024 8 256 60 70 72 75 85 1280 x 1024 16 65K 60 70 72 75 85 1280 x 1024 24 16 7M 60 70 75 85 1600 x 900 8 256 60 75 85 1600 x 900 16 65K 60 75 85 1600 x 1200 8 256 60 70 72 75 85 6 2 3 MEMORY MANAGEMENT The 815E based graphics controller uses a specific amount of system memory allocated as follows Video BIOS 512 or 1024 kilobytes An OS report of available system memory will be the total amount installed LESS this amount Graphics Memory Prior to the PV 4 x driver being loaded the graphics memory will be one megabyte for supporting standard VGA modes After driver load memory allocation will be set by the Dynamic Video Memory Technology for rendering Z buffering and displaying according to need and total system memory availablility Assuming the presence of 4 megabytes of display cache standard on these systems the following amounts will be allocated w Windows 98 and 32 megabytes of system memory 9 megabytes w Windows 98 NT 4 0 or 2000 and 64 128 megabytes of system memory 12 megabytes 6 4 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 6 2 4 815E BASED GRAPHICS PROGRAMMING 6 2 5 Th
37. 88 1 4F CF 6 69 F0 69 6 69 na 6 89 2 50 DO 6 72 F0 72 6 72 na 6 90 3 51 D1 6 7 7 6 7 6 91 1 9 79 FO 79 6 92 Ctrl left 1D 9D 14 FO 14 11 FO 11 93 Alt left 38 B8 11 FO 11 19 FO 19 94 Space 39 B9 29 F0 29 29 F0 29 95 Alt right EO 38 E0 B8 EO 11 0 EO 11 39 na 96 Ctrl right EO 1D EO 9D EO 14 FO 14 58 na 97 4B EO CB 6B Eo 6B 61 FO 61 EO AA EO 4B EO CB 2A 4 EO FO 12 EO 6 FO 6B EO 12 5 EO 2A 4B EO CB AA 6 EO 12 EO 6B EO FO 6B FO 12161 98 50 E0 DO EO 72 0 FO 72 60 FO 60 AA EO 50 0 DO EO 2A 4 EO FO 12 EO 72 0 FO 72 EO 12 5 EO 50 DO AA 6 EO 12 EO 72 0 FO 72 EO FO 12 6 99 EO 4D EO CD EO 74 0 74 6A FO 6A AA 4D EO 2A 4 EO FO 12 EO 74 0 FO 74 EO 12 5 2A 4D EO CD AA 6 EO 12 EO 74 0 74 FO 1216 100 0 52 02 6 70 FO 70 6 70 na 6 101 53 03 6 71 0 71 6 71 6 102 7E FE 6D FO 6D 7B FO 7B 103 na 2B AB 5D FO 5D 53 F0 53 104 na 36 D6 61 FO 61 13 0 13 110 Win95 7 5 DB EO 1F EO FO 1F 8B FO 8B AA 5B EO 2A 4 EO FO 12 EO 1F EO FO 1F EO 12 5 EO 2A 5B EO DB 6 EO 12 EO 1F EO 1F EO FO 12 6 111 Win95 7 5C EO DC EO 2 0 FO 27 8C FO 8C 5C EO DC 2A 4 EO FO 12 27 0 FO 27 EO 12 5 2A 5C EO DC
38. BIOS and generally configured through the Setup utility SECURITY FUNCTIONS These systems include various features that provide different levels of security Note that this subsection describes only the hardware functionality including that supported by Setup and does not describe security features that may be provided by the operating system and application software Power On Password These systems include a power on password which may be enabled or disabled cleared through a jumper on the system board The jumper controls a GPIO input to the 82801 ICH2 that 15 checked during POST The password is stored in configuration memory CMOS and if enabled and then forgotten by the user will require that either the password be cleared preferable solution and described below or the entire CMOS be cleared refer to section 4 6 To clear the password use the following procedure 1 Turn off the system and disconnect the AC power cord from the outlet and or system unit Remove the cover hood as described in the appropriate User Guide or Maintainance And Service Guide Insure that all system board LEDs are off not illuminated 3 Locate the password header jumper labeled E49 on these systems and move the jumper from pins 1 and 2 and place on just pin 2 for safekeeping Replace the cover Re connect the AC power cord to the AC outlet and or system unit Turn on the system The POST routine will clear and disable the password
39. C 4 USB legacy support 8 23 USB ports 2 17 VESA connector F 6 voltage core 3 2 3 3 7 7 wake up power 7 4 wake up events 7 4 wake up remote 5 34 Wake On LAN 5 33 7 4 Windows keys C 9 WOL 5 33 7 4 ZIF socket 2 15 This page is intentionally blank
40. FRONT 5 1 11000000000100000000000000000 2 5 RE 2 3 COMPAQ DESKPROS REAR 8 1 00000000000001000000000000 enean asset ente nennen een 2 6 RE 2 4 SMALL FORM FACTOR CHASSIS LAYOUT TOP VIEW 2 7 2 5 SLIM DESKTOP CHASSIS LAYOUT TOP VIEW cccccessesssceeececsessaeceeececeenssaeceeececsensaseeeeeeees 2 8 RE 2 6 CONFIGURABLE MINITOWER CHASSIS LAYOUT LEFT SIDE VIEW MINITOWER CONEFIGURATION 5 te enit dentes taut ea e er dar D OUR 2 9 RE 2 7 SMALL FORM FACTOR BOARD 8 74 20 0000 0 2 10 RE2 8 SLIM DESKTOP OR CONFIGURABLE MINITOWER SYSTEM BOARD LAYOUT 2 11 RE 2 9 COMPAQ DESKPRO ARCHITECTURE BLOCK DIAGRAM creen eene 2 13 RE 2 10 PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY AND MOUNTING 22 2 2 0 000001 000000000000000000000000400 0 2 14 RE3 1 PROCESSOR MEMORY SUBSYSTEM eene nenne nnne eene nn 3 1 3 2 CELERON PROCESSOR INTERNAL ARCHITECTURE 2 4 411002000 0 rennen rennen 3 2 RE 3 3 PENTIUM III PROCESSOR INTERNAL ARCHITECTURE eese enne enne entere eren 3 3 RE 3 4 SYSTEM MEMORY MAP ccccssccesesssecsessssecseseececssssecsensusecseceeeesesssecsessssecseseeseseeaaeeeesensecsees 3 7 RE 4 1 PCI BUS DEVICES AND FUNCTIONS
41. If activated the inactivity counter counts down during system inactivity and if allowed to timeout generates an SMI to initiate the Suspend mode Active Inactive Suspend Monitor s high voltage section is turned off and CRT heater filament voltage is reduced from 6 6 to 4 4 VDC The Off mode inactivity timer counts down from the preset value and if allowed to timeout another SMI is generated and serviced resulting in the monitor being placed into the Off mode Wake up from Suspend mode is typically a few seconds Inactive Inactive Off Monitor s high voltage section and heater circuitry is turned off Wake up from Off mode is a little longer than from Suspend E 4 Compaq Personal Computers Changed October2001 Technical Reference Guide 6 CONNECTORS There are two connectors associated with the graphics subsystem the display monitor connector and the Feature connector NOTE The graphic card s edge connector mates with the AGP slot connector on the system board This interface is described in chapter 4 of this guide The DB 15 disply monitor connector is provided for connection of a compatible RGB analog monitor The Feature connector allows the attachment of an optional card such as a video tuner E 6 1 MONITOR CONNECTOR Figure E 3 VGA Monitor Connector Female DB 15 as viewed from rear Table E 3 DB 15 Monitor Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Descriptio
42. Invalid Command EFh F1 These commands not acknowledged h Select Alternate Scan Codes FOh Instructs the keyboard to select another set of scan codes and sends an option byte after ACK is received 01h Mode 1 02h Mode 2 03h Mode 3 Read ID F2h Instructs the keyboard to stop scanning and return two keyboard ID bytes Set Typematic Rate Display F3h Instructs the keyboard to change typematic rate and delay to specified values Bit lt 7 gt Reserved 0 Bits lt 6 5 gt Delay Time 00 250 ms 01 500 ms 10 750 ms 11 1000 ms Bits lt 4 0 gt Transmission Rate 00000 30 0 ms 00001 26 6 ms 00010 24 0 ms 00011 21 8 ms 11111 2 0 ms Enable F4h Instructs keyboard to clear output buffer and last typematic key and begin key scanning Default Disable F5h Resets keyboard to power on default state and halts scanning pending next 8042 command Set Default F6h Resets keyboard to power on default state and enable scanning Set Keys Typematic F7h Clears keyboard buffer and sets default scan code set 1 Set Keys Make Brake F8h Clears keyboard buffer and sets default scan code set 1 Set Keys Make F9h Clears keyboard buffer and sets default scan code set 1 Set Keys Typematic Make Brake FAh Clears keyboard buffer and sets default scan code set 1 Set Type Key Typematic FBh Clears keyboard buffer and prepares to receive key ID 1 Set Type Key Make Brake FCh Clears keyboard buffer and prepares to receive key I
43. NOTE The following information is intended primarily for identification purposes 2 4 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 2 3 1 CABINET LAYOUTS 2 3 1 1 90 Front Views 000 ps E Ics SS D Deskpro EN Small Form Factor Technical Reference Guide MEE _ Fo Evo D500 Small Form Factor 2 OC Deskpro EN Configurable Minitower as a Desktop Deskpro EN Configurable Minitower as a Minitower Deskpro EN Slim Desktop Deskpro Workstation AP230 Configurable Minitower as a Minitower Item Description Power on LED Power button Hard Drive Activity LED CD ROM drive headphone jack CD ROM drive volume control CD ROM drive activity LED 1 44 MB diskette drive activity LED 1 44 diskette drive eject button oJ CD ROM drive open close button 10 Microphone In Jack 1 11 Headphone Out Jack 1 NOTE 1 Systems with integrated AC97 audio Figure 2 2
44. Reset Addr Register Value Addr Register Value 00 01h Vender ID 8086h OF 1Fh Reserved 05 02 03h Device ID 244Bh 20 23h BMIDE Base Address 1 04 05h PCI Command 0000h 2C 2Dh Subsystem Vender ID 0000h 06 07h PCI Status 0280h 2E 2Fh Subsystem ID 0000h 08h Revision ID 00h 30 3Fh Reserved 05 09h Programming 80h 40 43h Pri Sec IDE Timing 05 OAh Sub Class Oth 44h Slave IDE Timing 00h OBh Base Class Code 01h 48h Sync DMA Control 00h ODh Master Latency Timer 00h 4A 4Bh Sync DMA Timing 0000h 00h 54h EIDE I O Config Register 00h NOTE Assume unmarked gaps are reserved and or not used 5 2 1 2 IDE Bus Master Control Registers The IDE interface can perform PCI bus master operations using the registers listed in Table 5 2 These registers occupy 16 bytes of variable I O space set by software and indicated by PCI configuration register 20h in the previous table Table 5 2 IDE Bus Master Control Registers I O Addr Size Default Offset Bytes Register Value 00h 1 Bus Master IDE Command Primary 00h 02h 1 Bus Master IDE Status Primary 00h 04h 4 Bus Master IDE Descriptor Pointer Pri 0000 0000h 08h 1 Bus Master IDE Command Secondary 00h OAh 2 Bus Master IDE Status Secondary 00h OCh 4 Bus Master IDE Descriptor Pointer Sec 0000 0000h NOTE Unspecified gaps are reserved will return indeterminate data and should not be written to 5 2 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Comp
45. TABLE 8 1 BOOT nues eee c e ue e edt eie e Eee ete Fade cen 8 2 9 2 BOOT ERROR CODES eeu eee e UE ene ie eese 8 5 TABLE 8 3 SETUP UTILITY 8 2 2 4 1 000000000000 enne daria senine ness tetris ente nsn entes 8 6 TABLE 8 4 CLIENT MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS INTI15 8 12 TABLE 855 PNP BIOS FUNCTIONS 5 ee espe 8 15 TABLE 8 6 BIOS 8 20 TABLE A 1 BEEP KEYBOARD LED CODES see e eee In emen en neret 1 TABLE 2 POWER ON SELF TEST POST 55 5 2 2 2 2 2 12003 0 4000000000000000000000000000000000000543 A 2 TABLE 3 SYSTEM ERROR 855 5 4001040 000 7 0 ener e 3 TABLE 4 MEMORY ERROR 55 56 2 4 4 4 01 0 0140000 08000000 4 TABLE 5 KEYBOARD ERROR MESSAGES 4 TABLE 6 PRINTER ERROR 55 8 4 41402 000000000000000000000000000000005000000000000 5 TABLE A 7 VIDEO GRAPHICS ERROR MESSAGES eese 5 TABLE 8 DISKETTE DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES isses eene
46. Table 5 14 Keyboard Interface Configuration Registers Index Address Function R W 30h Activate R W 70h Primary Interrupt Select R W 72h Secondary Interrupt Select R W FOh Reset and A20 Select R W 5 18 Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 5 6 3 2 8042 Control The BIOS function INT 16 15 typically used for controlling interaction with the keyboard Sub functions of INT 16 conduct the basic routines of handling keyboard data 1 e translating the keyboard s scan codes into ASCII codes The keyboard pointing device interface 1s accessed by the CPU through I O mapped ports 60h and 64h which provide the following functions Output buffer reads Input buffer writes Status reads Command writes 999 Ports 60h and 64h can be accessed using the IN instruction for a read and the OUT instruction for a write Prior to reading data from port 60h the Output Buffer Full status bit 64h bit lt 0 gt should be checked to ensure data is available Likewise before writing a command or data the Input Buffer Empty status bit 64h bit lt 1 gt should also be checked to ensure space is available Port 60h port 60h is used for accessing the input and output buffers This register is used to send and receive data from the keyboard and the pointing device This register 15 also used to send the second b
47. b CD CDRW c CD d DVD r CDRW z ZIP Memory OS type 2 Windows 2000 6 Dual install Windows NT 4 0 or 2000 Chipset type b 810E e 815E Hard drive size in GB Processor speed 3 digits in MHz 2 digits in GHz Processor type C Celeron P Pentium Form factor S Small form factor L slim desktop C Convertible minitower 1 4 SERIAL NUMBER The unit s serial number is located on a sticker placed on the exterior cabinet The serial number may also be read with the Compaq Diagnostics or Compaq Insight Manager utilities 1 2 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 1 5 1 5 1 1 5 2 1 5 3 1 5 4 Technical Reference Guide NOTATIONAL CONVENTIONS The notational guidelines used in this guide are described in the following subsections VALUES Hexadecimal values are indicated by a numerical or alpha numerical value followed by the letter h Binary values are indicated by a value of ones and zeros followed by the letter b Numerical values that have no succeeding letter can be assumed to be decimal unless otherwise stated RANGES Ranges or limits for a parameter are shown using the following methods Example Bits lt 7 4 gt bits 7 6 5 and 4 Example B IRQ3 7 9 IRQ signals 3 through 7 and IRQ signal 9 REGISTER NOTATION AND USAGE
48. when the drive translation mode is set to User Multisector Transfers IDE ATA devices only Specifies how many sectors are transferred per multi sector PIO operation Options subject to device capabilities are Disabled 8 and 16 Quiet Drive available on select drives only Performance Allows the drive to operate at maximum performance Quiet will not be displayed if not supported by drive Reduces noise from the drive during operation When set to Quiet the drive will not operate at maximum performance Storage Options Removable Media Boot Enables disables ability to boot the system from removable media Note After saving changes to Removable Media Boot the computer will restart Turn the computer off then on manually Removable Media Write Enables disables ability to write data to removable media Note This feature applies only to legacy diskette IDE LS 120 Superdisk and IDE PD CD drives Primary IDE Controller Allows you to enable or disable the primary IDE controller Secondary IDE Controller Allows you to enable or disable the secondary IDE controller Diskette MBR Validation Allows you to enable or disable strict validation of the diskette Master Boot Record MBR Note If you use a bootable diskette image that you know to be valid and it does not boot with Diskette MBR Validation enabled you may need to disable this option in order to use the diskette Continued Compaq Deskpro and Evo Person
49. zero cycle is targeted to a device on the PCI bus on which the cycle is running A Type 1 cycle is targeted to a device on a downstream PCI bus as identified by bus number bits lt 23 16 gt With three or more PCI buses a PCI bridge may convert a Type to a Type 0 if it s destined for a device being serviced by that bridge or it may forward the Type 1 cycle unmodified if it is destined for a device being serviced by a downstream bridge Figure 4 2 shows the configuration cycle format and how the loading of OCF8h results in a Type 0 configuration cycle on the PCI bus The Device Number bits lt 15 11 gt determines which one of the AD31 11 lines is to be asserted high for the IDSEL signal which acts as a chip select function for the PCI device to be configured The function number CF8h bits lt 10 8 gt 15 used to select a particular function within a PCI component 3 22 1 1 1 1 8 7 2 1 O 1 Function Register Register OCF8h Reserved Number Index Results in 4 7 i rt AD31 0 2 ion Register w Type 00 IDSEL only one signal line asserted 1 Config Cycle NOTES 1 Bits 1 0 00 0 Cycle 01 Type 1 cycle Type 01 cycle only Reserved on 00 cycle Figure 4 2 Configuration Cycle Table 4 1 shows the standard configuration of device numbers and IDSEL connections for components and slots residing on a PCI bus
50. 22 NC NC 44 NC NC 66 VREFGC VREFCG NOTES NC Not connected VDDQ 3 3 VDC when TYPE DET is left open by AGP 1X 2X card VDDQ 1 5 VDC when TYPE DET is grounded by AGP 4X card 4 14 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 4 4 4 4 1 4 4 1 1 SYSTEM RESOURCES This section describes the availability and basic control of major subsystems otherwise known as resource allocation or simply system resources System resources are provided on a priority basis through hardware interrupts and DMA requests and grants INTERRUPTS The microprocessor uses two types of hardware interrupts maskable and nonmaskable A maskable interrupt can be enabled or disabled within the microprocessor by the use of the STI and CLI instructions nonmaskable interrupt cannot be masked off within the microprocessor although it may be inhibited by hardware or software means external to the microprocessor Maskable Interrupts The maskable interrupt is a hardware generated signal used by peripheral functions within the system to get the attention of the microprocessor Peripheral functions produce a unique INTA H or IRQO 15 ISA signal that is routed to interrupt processing logic that asserts the interrupt INTR input to the microprocessor The microprocessor halts execution to determine the source of the interrupt and then s
51. 32 768 KHz 11x Divider chain reset 3 0 Periodic Interrupt Control R W Specifies the periodic interrupt interval 0000 lt none 1000 3 90625 ms 0001 3 90625 ms 1001 7 8125 ms 0010 7 8125 ms 1010 15 625 ms 0011 122 070 us 1011 31 25 ms 0100 244 141 us 1100 lt 62 50 ms 0101 lt 488 281 us 1101 125 ms 0110 976 562 us 1110 250 ms 0111 1 953125 ms 1111 lt 500 ms RTC Control Register B Byte 0Bh Bit Function 7 Time Update Enable disable 0 Normal operation 1 Disable time updating for time set 6 Periodic Interrupt Enable Disable 0 Disable 1 Enable interval specified by Register 5 Alarm Interrupt Enable disable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 4 End of Update Interrupt Enable Disable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 3 Reserved read 0 2 Time Date Format Select 0 BCD format 1 Binary format 1 Time Mode 0 12 hour mode 1 24 hour mode 0 Automatic Daylight Savings Time Enable Disable 0 Disable 1 Enable Advance 1 hour on 1 Sunday in April retreat 1 hour on last Sunday in October RTC Status Register C Byte 0Ch If set interrupt output signal active read only 6 Ifset indicates periodic interrupt flag If set indicates alarm interrupt If set indicates end of update interrupt RTC Status Register D Byte 0Dh 7 RTC Power Status 0 lt RTC has lost power 1 lt RTC has not lost power 6 0
52. 4 34 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 4 7 2 4 7 3 Technical Reference Guide POWER MANAGEMENT This system provides baseline hardware support of ACPI and APM compliant firmware and software Key power consuming components processor chipset I O controller and fan can be placed into a reduced power mode either automatically or by user control The system can then be brought back up wake up by events defined by the ACPI specification The ACPI wake up events supported by this system are listed as follows ACPI Wake Up Event System Wakes From Power Button Suspend or soft off RTC Alarm Suspend or soft off Wake On LAN w NIC Suspend or soft off PME Suspend or soft off Serial Port Ring Suspend or soft off USB Suspend only Keyboard Suspend only Mouse Suspend only SYSTEM STATUS These systems provide a visual indication of system boot and ROM flash status through the keyboard LEDs and operational status using bi colored power and hard drive activity LEDs as indicated in Tables 4 15 and 4 16 respectively NOTE The LED indications listed in Table 4 15 are valid only for PS 2 type keyboards A USB keyboard will not provide LED status for the listed events although audible beep indications will occur Table 4 15 System Boot ROM Flash Status LED Indications NUM Lock CAPs Lock
53. 58 Shift and key w corresponding symbol 59 Key w corresponding symbol 60 Shift and key w corresponding symbol 61 Key w corresponding symbol 62 64 Shift and key w corresponding symbol 65 90 Shift and key w corresponding symbol or key w corresponding symbol and Caps Lock active 91 93 Key w corresponding symbol 94 95 Shift and key w corresponding symbol 96 Key w corresponding symbol 97 126 Key w corresponding symbol or Shift and key w corresponding symbol and Caps Lock active 127 Ctrl 128 255 Alt and decimal digit s of desired character B 2 Compaq Personal Computers Changed July 2000 Technical Reference Guide Appendix C KEYBOARD C 1 INTRODUCTION This appendix describes the Compaq keyboard that is included as standard with the system unit The keyboard complies with the industry standard classification of an enhanced keyboard and includes a separate cursor control key cluster twelve function keys and enhanced programmability for additional functions This appendix covers the following keyboard types Standard enhanced keyboard Space Saver Windows version keyboard featuring additional keys for specific support of the Windows operating system Easy Access keyboard with additional buttons for internet accessibility functions Only one type of keyboard is supplied with each system Other types may be available as an option NOTE This appendix discusses only the keyboard unit The keyboard int
54. AGP Slot 1 PCI Slot 3 PCI Slot 4 Smart Cover Lock Solenoid PCI Slot 5 Back Power Supply N 3 cipe Processor Smart Cover Sensor Switch Upper Drive Bays Tilting Assembly N Speaker 3 peaker Lower Drive Bays Front NOTES 1 AGP slot may be populated with AGP graphics card or GPA AIMM card on some configurations Auxiliary chassis fan installed on systems with 933 2 or faster processor 3 Installed on systems with integrated AC97 audio Figure 2 5 Slim Desktop Chassis Layout Top View 2 8 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Figure 2 5 shows the layout for the Configurable Minitower in the minitower configuration Features include Externally accessible drive bay assembly may be configured for minitower vertical or desktop horizontal position Easy access to expansion slots and all socketed system board components Drive Lock Power Supply
55. Address Ch 1 002h 0C4h Current Address Ch 1 002h 0C4h R Base and Current Word Count Ch 1 003h OC6h Current Word Count Ch 1 003h OC6h R Base and Current Address Ch 2 004h 0C8h Current Address Ch 2 004h 0C8h R Base and Current Word Count Ch 2 005h OCAh Current Word Count Ch 2 005h OCAh R Base and Current Address Ch 3 006h OCCh Current Address Ch 3 006h OCCh R Base and Current Word Count Ch 3 007h OCEh Current Word Count Ch 3 007h OCEh R Temporary Command 00Dh ODAh R Reset Pointer Flip Flop Command 00 OD8h 00Dh ODAh Reset Mask Register Command 00 ODCh Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 21 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support 45 SYSTEM CLOCK DISTRIBUTION These systems use an Intel CK type clock generator and crystal for generating the clock signals required by the system board components Table 4 13 lists the system board clock signals and how they are distributed Table 4 13 Clock Generation and Distribution Frequncy Source Destination 66 100 or 133 MHz CK Processor GMCH 100 or 133 MHz CK DIMM sockets 66 MHz CK ICH2 AGP Graphics Cntlr 1 48 MHz CK ICH2 I O Cntlr 33 MHz CK Processor ICH2 PCI Slots 14 31818 MHz Crystal NOTES 1 Routed to on board controller on Deslpro EN SFF Routed to AGP slot on Slim De
56. Allows the O S to determine if the system s BIOS supports the APM functionality and if so which version of the specification it supports The APM version number returned from this call is the highest level of APM supported by the BIOS APM Real Mode Interface Connect Establishes the cooperative interface between the O S and the BIOS The BIOS provides OEM defined power management functionality before the interface is established Once the interface is established the BIOS and the O S Driver coordinate power management activities The BIOS rejects an interface connect request if any real or protected mode connection already exists APM Protected Mode 16 bit Initializes the 16 bit protected mode interface between the O S and the BIOS This interface allows a protected mode caller to invoke the BIOS functions without first switching into real or virtual 86 mode This function must be invoked in real mode This is not currently used by any O S APM Protected Mode 32 bit linitializes the 32 bit protected mode interface between the O S and the BIOS This interface allows a protected mode O S to invoke the BIOS functions without the need to first switch into real or virtual 86 mode This function must be invoked in real mode APM Interface Disconnect Breaks the cooperative connection between the BIOS and the O S and returns control of the power management policy to the BIOS Power management parameter values timer values
57. Bus 82815 GMCH Hub May be populated with optional DIMM 6 Covered in Chapter 4 Figure 3 1 Processor Memory Subsystem Architecture This chapter includes the following topics Processor 3 2 page 3 2 Memory subsystem 3 3 page 3 5 Subsystem configuration 3 4 page 3 8 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 3 1 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 3 Processor Memory Subsystem 3 2 PROCESSOR The Compaq Deskpro EN is shipped with either a Celeron or Pentium III processor The Compaq Deskpro Workstation AP230 is shipped with a Pentium III processor 3 2 1 CELERON PROCESSOR The Celeron processor Figure 3 2 uses a dual ALU CPU with branch prediction and MMX support floating point unit FPU for math coprocessing a 32 primary L1 cache and a 128 or 256 KB secondary L2 ECC cache internal functions except for the front side bus interface FSB I F operate at processor speed Celeron Processor Core processing speed Host bus speed Figure 3 2 Celeron Processor Internal Architecture The Celeron processor is software compatible with earlier generation Pentium II Pentium MMX Pentium and x86 processors The MMX support provided by the Celeron consists of 57 special instructions for accelerating multimedia communications applications
58. Caps Lock 3A BA 58 F0 58 14 FO 14 60 A 1E 9E 1C FO 1C 1C FO 1C 61 5 1F 9F 1B FO 1B 1B FO 1B 62 D 20 A0 23 F0 23 23 F0 23 63 F 21 A1 2B FO 2B 2B FO 2B 64 G 22 A2 34 34 F0 34 65 H 23 A3 33 F0 33 33 F0 33 66 J 24 A4 3B FO 3B FO 67 K 25 A5 42 F0 42 42 F0 42 68 L 26 A6 4 4B 4 4B 69 27 7 4C FO 4C 4C FO 4C 70 28 8 52 0 52 52 0 52 71 Enter 1C 9C 5A 5A 72 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 73 5 6 73 0 73 6 73 na 6 74 6 4D CD 6 74 0 74 6 74 na 6 75 Shift left 2A AA 12 F0 12 12 F0 12 76 2 2 1 77 X 2D AD 22 F0 22 22 F0 22 78 C 2E AE 21 0 21 21 0 21 79 2 2F AF 2A F0 2A 2A F0 2A 80 B 30 BO 32 F0 32 32 F0 32 Continued x Notes listed at end of table Changed July 2000 Compaq Personal Computers C 13 Appendix Keyboard Table C 2 Keyboard Scan Codes Continued Key Make Break Codes Hex Pos Legend Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 81 N 31 B1 31 F0 31 31 F0 31 82 M 32 B2 83 33 B3 41 F0 41 41 0 41 84 34 4 49 0 49 49 0 49 85 35 B5 4A FO 4A 4A FO 4A 86 Shift right 36 B6 59 F0 59 59 F0 59 87 EO 48 E0 C8 75 75 6 63 EO AA EO 48 E0 C8 EO 2A 4 EO FO 12 75 0 FO 75 EO 12 5 2A 48 0 EO AA 6 12 75 75 FO 12 6
59. Cause 8601 01 Mouse ID fails 8601 07 Right block not selected 8601 02 Left mouse button is inoperative 8601 08 Timeout occurred 8601 03 Left mouse button is stuck closed 8601 09 Mouse loopback test failed 8601 04 Right mouse button is inoperative 8601 10 Pointing device is inoperative 8601 05 Right mouse button is stuck closed 8602 xx I F test failed 8601 06 Left block not selected Compaq Personal Computers 11 Changed November 2000 Appendix Error Messages and Codes This page is intentionally blank 12 Compaq Personal Computers Changed November 2000 Appendix ASCII CHARACTER SET B 1 INTRODUCTION Technical Reference Guide This appendix lists in Table B 1 the 256 character ASCII code set including the decimal and hexadecimal values All ASCII symbols may be called while in DOS or using standard text mode editors by using the combination keystroke of holding the Alt key and using the Numeric Keypad to enter the decimal value of the symbol The extended ASCII characters decimals 128 255 can only be called using the Numeric Keypad keys NOTE Regarding keystrokes refer to notes at the end of the table Applications may interpret multiple keystroke accesses differently or ignore them completely Table B 1 ASCII Character Set Dec Hex Symbol Dec Hex _ Symbol Dec Hex Symbol Dec Hex Symbol 0 00 Blank 32 20 Space 64 40 96 60 1 01 33 21 65 41
60. Compaq Deskpros Front Views Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 2 5 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 3 1 2 Rear Views Small Form Factor Configurable Minitower as a Desktop G9 Configurable Minitower as a Minitower Item Description Item Desription 1 AC line In Connector 115V 230V 8 Serial I F connector COM1 2 Line voltage switch 9 Serial I F connector COM2 3 USB I F connectors top port B bot port A 10 Network I F connector w status LEDs 4 PS 2 keyboard I F connector 11 Audio line input jack 1 5 PS 2 mouse connector 12 Audio line output jack 1 6 Parallel I F connector 13 Audio microphone input jack 1 7 Monitor connector 14 Monitor connector 2 NOTES 1 Systems with integrated AC97 audio 2 Present on configurations including separate AGP graphics card Figure 2 3 Compaq Deskpros and Evos Rear Views 2 6 Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium Processors Fifth Editi
61. Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 R Red Analog 9 PWR 5 VDC fused 1 2 G Blue Analog 10 GND Ground 3 B Green Analog 11 NC Not Connected 4 NC Not Connected 12 SDA DDC2 B Data 5 GND Ground 13 Horizontal Sync 6 R GND Red Analog Ground 14 VSync Vertical Sync 7 G GND Green Analog Ground 15 SCL DDC2 B Clock 8 B GND Blue Analog Ground 1 Fuse automatically resets when excessive load is removed Compaq Personal Computers D 5 Original July 2000 Appendix Compaq NVIDIA Pro Graphics This page is intentionally blank D 6 Compaq Personal Computers Original July 2000 Technical Reference Guide Appendix E COMPAQ NVIDIA QUADRO2 EX MXR AGP GRAPHICS CARDS E 1 INTRODUCTION This appendix describes the Compaq NVIDIA Quadro2 EX and AGP Graphics Cards used in the standard configuration on some models and also available as an option These cards layout shown in the following figure installs in a system s AGP slot and provide high 2D performance as well as entry level 3D capabilities Feature Connector DVI Monitor Connector ER NVIDIA Analog NV11GL Controller Monitor we Connector NOTES NVIDIA Quadro2 EX Graphics Card NVIDIA Quadro2 MXR Graphics Card only Figure 1 Compaq NVIDIA Quadro2 EX or MXR AGP Graphics Card Layout This appendix covers the fo
62. ICH2 SMI 15 60 PCI Slot Reset 16 61 Slot Reset 17 LED test 62 PWR Button In 20 Pri IDE 80 Cable Detect l 63 SLP 83 21 Sec IDE 80 Cable Detect 64 55 22 65 CPU Changed 23 Backplane board ID 0 66 PWR Button Out 24 BIOS fail for AOL 67 5 25 board ID 1 70 Remote Off 26 Processor Present 71 1 27 NC 72 Backplane Detect 2 30 PS LED Color 73 31 PS LED Blink 74 NIC PHY Disable 32 75 NC 33 2 MB Media ID 76 34 FWH Write Protect 85 Pwr SEL 35 FWH Reset 9 86 S3 3 3 VDC On 36 Diskette Motor A 37 Diskette Select A 1 Not implemented Configurable Minitower models Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 41 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support 4 8 3 2 I O Controller Miscellaneous Functions The systems covered in this guide utilize the following specialized functions built into the LPC 47B357 I O Controller Power Hard drive LED control The I O controller provides color and blink control for the front panel LEDs used for indicating system events as listed below System Status Power LED HD LED 50 System on normal operation Steady green Gree
63. ID 2445h Reserved 1h 04 05h PCI Command 0000h Reserved 1h 06 07h PCI Status 0280h Subsystem Vender ID 0000h 08h Revision ID XXh Subsystem ID 0000h 09h Programming 00h Reserved Sub Class 01h Interrupt Line 00h OBh Base Class Code 04h Interrupt Pin 02h 00h Reserved 05 10 13h Native Audio Mixer Base Addr 1 5 8 5 2 Audio Control The audio subsystem is controlled through a set of indexed registers that physically reside in the audio codec The register addresses are decoded by the audio controller and forwarded to the audio codec over the AC97 Link Bus previously described The audio codec s control registers Table 5 22 are mapped into 64 kilobytes of variable I O space Table 5 22 AC 97 Audio Codec Control Registers Value Value Value Offset On Offset On Offset On Addr Register Reset Addr Register Reset Addr Register Reset 00 Reset 0100h 14h Video Vol 8808h 28h Ext Audio ID 0001h 02h Master Vol 8000h 16h Aux Vol 8808h 2Ah Ext Audio Ctrl Sts 0000h 04h Reserved X 18h PCM Out Vol 8808h 2Ch PCM DAC SRate BB80h 06h Mono Mstr Vol 8000h 1Ah Record Sel 0000h 32h PCM ADC SRate BB80h 08h Reserved X 1Ch Record Gain 8000h 34h Reserved X OAh PC Beep Vol 8000h 1Eh Reserved X 72h Reserved X OCh Phone In Vol 8008h 20h Gen Purpose 0000h 74h Serial Config 7x0xh OEh Mic Vol 8008h 22h 3D Control 0000h 76h Misc Control Bits 0404h 10h Line In Vol
64. IDE Bite VRC 011032 011305 20 Hard Drive al IDEV F CD ROM Sec IDE N 5 12 VDC Conn P21 ve S HD Activity Audio L R Audio 7 i Dskt Figure 7 6 Slim Desktop Configurable Minitower Models Signal Distribution Diagram Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 7 9 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 7 Power Signal Distribution Power Button LED Header P5 Slim Desktop Configurable Minitower only 1 HD LED anode HD LED cathode PWR LED anode PWR LED cathode PWR button gnd PWR button SCSI HD LED 1 SCSI HD LED 1 o A Jo CD Audio Header P7 1 Ground 2 Audio left channel 3 Ground 4 Audio right channel OOOO AOL SOS Header P12 BIOS Fail 1 Intrusion 3 Fan Alert 5 5 Ground 7 5 2 OS Fail 4 Thermal 6 Pwr Serial Port A COM1 Header P16 Small Form Factor only Carrier Detect OO 6 Data Set Ready RX Data 2 Oo 7 Request to Send TX Data 3 8 Clear to Send Data Terminal Ready 4 9 Ring Indicate Ground 5 No polarity consideration required for connection to speaker header P6 or SCSI HD LED header P29 1 Separate cable connection for these two pins equivalent of header P29 on other systems Figure 7 7 Header Pinouts
65. INTA thru INTH are available for use by PCI devices These signals may be generated by on board PCI devices or by devices installed in the PCI slots For more information on interrupts including PCI interrupt mapping refer to the System Resources section 4 4 PCI POWER MANAGEMENT SUPPORT This system complies with the PCI Power Management Interface Specification rev 1 0 The PCI Power Management Enable PME signal is supported by the chipset and allows compliant PCI and AGP peripherals to initiate the power management routine PCI SUB BUSSES The chipset implements two data busses that are supplementary in operation to the PCI bus Hub Link Bus The chipset implements a Hub Link bus between the GMCH and the ICH2 This bus is transparent to software and is not accessible for expansion purposes 4 2 6 2 LPC Bus The 82801 ICH2 implements a Low Pin Count LPC bus for handling transactions to and from the 47B357 Super I O Controller as well as the 82802 Firmware Hub FWH The LPC bus transfers data a nibble 4 bits at a time at a 33 MHz rate Generally transparent in operation the only consideration required of the LPC bus is during the configuration of DMA channel modes see section 4 4 3 DMA Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 4 7 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support 4 2 7 PCI CONFIGURATION 4 8 PCI bus operations require the configurat
66. Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide System OFF There two ways to turn the system off 1 Pressand hold the power button for longer than 4 seconds not recommended unless absolutely necessary 2 Software shut down as directed by the O S This being the normal procedure allows a NIC driver to re arm the NIC for a Magic Packet 8 7 3 3 Waking Up in APM 8 8 Any of the following activities will cause the system to wake up Keyboard Mouse Ring Indicate RTC alarm Magic Packet 9999 The hard drive will not spin up until it is accessed Any hard drive access will cause it to wake up and resume spinning Since the BIOS returns to the currently running software it is possible for the drive to spin up while the system is in Standby with the screen blanked USB LEGACY SUPPORT The BIOS ROM checks the USB port during POST for the presence of a USB keyboard This allows a system with only a USB keyboard to be used during ROM based setup and also on a system with an OS that does not include a USB driver On such a system a keystroke will generate an SMI and the SMI handler will retrieve the data from the device and convert it to PS 2 data The data will be passed to the keyboard controller and processed as in the PS 2 interface Changing the delay and or typematic rate of a USB keyboard though BIOS function INT 16 is not supported Compaq Deskpro and Evo Per
67. Mode IDE devices only Specifies the active data transfer mode Options subject to device capabilities are PIO 0 Max PIO Enhanced DMA Ultra DMA 0 and Max UDMA Continued Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Table 8 3 Setup Utility Functions Continued Heading Option Storage Device continued Configuration continued Description Translation Mode IDE disks only Lets you select the translation mode to be used for the device This enables the BIOS to access disks partitioned and formatted on other systems and may be necessary for users of older versions of Unix e g SCO Unix version 3 2 Options are Bit Shift LBA Assisted User and None A CAUTION Ordinarily the translation mode selected automatically by the BIOS should not be changed If the selected translation mode is not compatible with the translation mode that was active when the disk was partitioned and formatted the data on the disk will be inaccessible Translation Parameters IDE Disks only Allows you to specify the parameters logical cylinders heads and sectors per track used by the BIOS to translate disk I O requests from the operating system or an application into terms the hard drive can accept Logical cylinders may not exceed 1024 The number of heads may not exceed 256 The number of sectors per track may not exceed 63 These fields are only visible and changeable
68. Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Figure 3 4 shows system memory map FFFF FFFFh FFEO 0000h FFDF FFFFh FEC1 0000h FECO FFFFh FECO 0000h FEBF FFFFh Host PCI AGP Area 2000 0000h 1FFF FFFFh 0100 0000h Host PCI OOFF FFFFh ISA Area 0010 0000h OOOF 0000h 000E FFFFh 000 0000h 000D FFFFh 000C 0000h 000B FFFFh DOS Compatibility Area 000A 0000h 0009 FFFFh 0008 0000h 0007 FFFFh 0000 0000h Technical Reference Guide 4 GB High BIOS Area 2 MB PCI Memory 18 MB APIC Config Space 64 KB PCI Memory Expansion 3060 MB 512 MB Host PCI Memory Expansion 496 MB 16 MB Extended Memory 15 MB System BIOS Area 64 KB Extended BIOS Area 64 KB Option ROM 128 KB Graphics SMRAM RAM 128 KB 640 KB Fixed Mem Area 128 KB 512 Base Memory 512 KB NOTE All locations in memory are cacheable Base memory is always mapped to DRAM The next 128 KB fixed memory area can through the north bridge be mapped to DRAM or to PCI space Graphics RAM area is mapped to PCI or AGP locations Figure 3 4 System Memory Map Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 3 7 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 3 Processor Memory Subsystem 3 4 SUBSYSTEM CONFIGURATION The 82815 GMCH component provides the co
69. Scroll Lock Event LED LED LED System memory failure 1 Blinking Off Off Graphics controller failure 2 Off Blinking Off System failure prior to graphics initialization 3 Off Off Blinking ROMPAQ diskette not present faulty or drive prob On Off Off Password prompt Off On Off Invalid ROM detected flash failed Blinking 4 Blinking 4 Blinking 4 Keyboard locked in network mode Blinking 5 Blinking 5 Blinking 5 Successful boot block ROM flash On 6 On 6 On 6 NOTES 1 Accompanied by 1 short 2 long audio beeps 2 Accompanied by 1 long 2 short audio beeps 3 Accompanied by 2 long 1 short audio beeps 4 All LEDs will blink in sync twice accompanied by 1 long and three short audio beeps 5 LEDs will blink in sequence NUM Lock then CAPs Lock then Scroll Lock 6 Accompanied by rising audio tone Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 35 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support Table 4 16 System Operational Status LED Indications Power Hard Drive System Status LED LED S0 System on normal operation Steady green Green w HD activity 51 Suspend Blinks green 1 Hz Off S3 Suspend to RAM Blinks green 1 Hz Off S4 Suspend to disk Blinks green 0 5 Hz Off S5 Soft off Off clear Off Processor not seated Steady red Off CPU thermal shutdown Blinks red 4 Hz 1 Off ROM error Blinks red 1 Hz Off Power s
70. System board failure see note 110 02 Programmable timer dynamic test failed 103 System board failure 110 03 Program timer 2 load data test failed 104 01 Master int cntlr test fialed 111 01 Refresh detect test failed 104 02 Slave int cntlr test failed 112 01 Speed test Slow mode out of range 104 03 Int SW RTC inoperative 112 02 Speed test Mixed mode out of range 105 01 Port 61 bit 6 not at zero 112 03 Speed test Fast mode out of range 105 02 Port 61 bit 5 not at zero 112 04 Speed test unable to enter Slow mode 105 03 Port 61 bit 3 not at zero 112 05 Speed test unable to enter Mixed mode 105 04 Port 61 bit 1 not at zero 112 06 Speed test unable to enter Fast mode 105 05 Port 61 bit 0 not at zero 112 07 Speed test system error 105 06 Port 61 bit 5 not at one 112 08 Unable to enter Auto mode in speed test 105 07 Port 61 bit 3 not at one 112 09 Unable to enter High mode in speed test 105 08 Port 61 bit 1 not at one 112 10 Speed test High mode out of range 105 09 Port 61 bit 0 not at one 112 11 Speed test Auto mode out of range 105 10 Port 61 test failed 112 12 Speed test variable speed mode inop 105 11 Port 61 bit 7 not at zero 113 01 Protected mode test failed 105 12 Port 61 bit 2 not at zero 114 01 Speaker test failed 105 13 No int generated by failsafe timer 116 xx Way 0 read write test failed 105 14 NMI not triggered by failsafe timer 162 xx Sys options failed mismatch in drive type 106
71. Tee m Fan Off 10 Of NOTES Figure 4 11 Small Form Factor Fan Control Block Diagram Chassis Fan Heat Sink Fan Header Header P70 OJ C e 5 gt 3 2 Processor 2 3 Sense 1 On Off p Fan Control Sink SMBus 24 ICH2 lt p Fan CMD 12 SPD Fan Off 8 en Therm NOTES 1 Will be 12 VDC if chassis or boxed fan is connected and turned Figure 4 12 Slim Desktop Configurable Minitower Fan Control Block Diagram Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 37 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support 4 8 REGISTER MAP AND MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTIONS This section contains the system I O map and information on general purpose functions of the ICH2 and I O controller 4 8 1 SYSTEM MAP Table 4 17 lists the fixed addresses of the input output I O ports Table 4 17 System Map Port Function 0000 001Fh DMA Controller 1 0020 002Dh Interrupt Controller 1 002 002Fh Index Data Ports to LPC47B357 I O Controller primary 0030 003Dh Interrupt Controller 0040 0042h Timer 1 004E 004Fh Index Data Ports to LPC47B357 Controller secondary 0050 0052h Timer Cou
72. These systems implement a 32 bit Peripheral Component Interconnect PCI bus spec 2 2 operating at 33 MHz The PCI bus handles address data transfers through the identification of devices and functions on the bus A device is typically defined as a component or slot that resides on the PCI bus although some components such as the GMCH and ICH2 are organized as multiple devices function is defined as the end source or target of the bus transaction A device may contain one or more functions In the standard configuration these systems use a hierarchy of three PCI buses Figure 4 1 The PCI bus 0 is internal to the 815E chipset components and is not physically accessible The AGP bus that services the AGP slot or resident AGP controller on the Small Form Factor is designated as PCI bus 1 PCI slots and the NIC function internal to the 82801BA reside on PCI bus 2 82815 GMCH Component Mem Cntlr poi PCI Bus 1 Function Bus 0 AGP AGP Bus Function Hub Link I F Hub Link Bus Hub Link I F 82801BA ICH2 Component A PCI Bus 0 PCI Bridge 42 42 iL iL x Function EIDE USB SMBus LPC 97 Controller Controller Bridge Audio Bus 2 NIC Function Function Function Function Function lt gt Function Bus 2 PCI Connector 1 gt 2
73. Wake up from Suspend mode is typically a few seconds Inactive Inactive Off Monitor s high voltage section and heater circuitry is turned off Wake up from Off mode is a little longer than from Suspend 65 MONITOR CONNECTOR A DB 15 connector is provided on the rear chassis for connection to an analog monitor The pinout for this connector is shown in Figure 6 3 and Table 6 5 Figure 6 3 VGA Monitor Connector Female DB 15 as viewed from rear Table 6 5 DB 15 Monitor Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 R Red Analog 9 PWR 5 VDC fused 1 2 G Blue Analog 10 GND Ground 3 B Green Analog 11 NC Not Connected 4 NC Not Connected 12 SDA DDC2 B Data 5 GND Ground 13 HSync Horizontal Sync 6 R GND Red Analog Ground 14 VSync Vertical Sync 7 GND Blue Analog Ground 15 SCL DDC2 B Clock 8 B GND Green Analog Ground NOTES 1 Fuse automatically resets when excessive load is removed 6 8 gt Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 7 POWER and SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION 7 41 INTRODUCTION This chapter describes the power supply and method of general power and signal distribution Topics covered in this chapter include Power supply assembly control 7 2 page 7 1 Power distribution 7 3 page 7 5 Signal distribution 7 4 page 7 8 71 POWE
74. a CPU read to fetch data present on the data lines thereby providing bi directional parallel transfers to occur The SPP mode uses three registers for operation the Data register DTR the Status register STR and the Control register CTR Address decoding in SPP mode includes address lines A0 and 1 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers5 11 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 5 2 5 5 3 ENHANCED PARALLEL PORT MODE In Enhanced Parallel Port EPP mode increased data transfers are possible up to 2 MB s due to a hardware protocol that provides automatic address and strobe generation EPP revisions 1 7 and 1 9 are both supported For the parallel interface to be initialized for EPP mode a negotiation phase is entered to detect whether or not the connected peripheral is compatible with EPP mode If compatible then EPP mode can be used In EPP mode system timing is closely coupled to EPP timing A watchdog timer 15 used to prevent system lockup Five additional registers are available in EPP mode to handle 16 and 32 bit CPU accesses with the parallel interface Address decoding includes address lines A0 A1 and A2 EXTENDED CAPABILITIES PORT MODE The Extended Capabilities Port ECP mode like EPP also uses a hardware protocol based design that supports transfers up to 2 MB s Automatic generation of addresses and strobes as well as Run
75. a command line for quickly flashing a known image as follows gt Flashi exe Image Filename Background Color Foreground Color The utility checks to insure that the specified image meets the splash screen requirements listed above or it will not be loaded into the ROM Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 8 3 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 3 8 3 1 8 3 2 BOOT FUNCTIONS The BIOS supports various functions related to the boot process including those that occur during the Power On Self Test POST routine BOOT DEVICE ORDER The default boot device order is as follows 1 CD ROM drive EL Torito CD images 2 Diskette drive A 3 Hard drive C 4 Network boot The order can be changed in the ROM based Setup utility accessed by pressing F10 when so prompted during POST NETWORK BOOT F12 SUPPORT The BIOS supports booting the system to a network server The function is accessed by pressing the F12 key when prompted at the lower right hand corner of the display during POST Booting to a network server allows for such functions as Flashing a ROM on a system without a functional operating system OS Installing an OS Installing an application These systems include as standard an integrated Intel 82562 equivalent NIC with Preboot Execution Environment PXE ROM and can boot with a NetPC compliant server 8 4 Compaq Deskp
76. additional mechanisms to increase bandwidth During the configuration phase the AGP bus acts in accordance with PCI protocol Once graphics data handling operation is initiated AGP defined protocols take effect The AGP graphics adapter acts generally as the AGP master but can also behave as a PCI target during fast writes from the GMCH or MCH Key differences between the AGP interface and the PCI interface are as follows Address phase and associated data transfer phase are disconnected transactions Addressing and data transferring occur as contiguous actions on the PCI bus On the AGP bus a request for data and the transfer of data may be separated by other operations Commands on the AGP bus specify system memory accesses only Unlike the PCI bus commands involving I O and configuration are not required or allowed The system memory address space used in AGP operations is the same linear space used by PCI memory space commands but is further specified by the graphics address re mapping table GART of the north bridge component Data transactions on the AGP bus involve eight bytes or multiples of eight bytes The AGP memory addressing protocol uses 8 byte boundaries as opposed to PCI s 4 byte boundaries If a transfer of less than eight bytes is needed the remaining bytes are filled with arbitrary data that is discarded by the target Pipelined requests are defined by length or size on the AGP bus The PCI bus defines transfer
77. as well Table 2 3 shows the functions provided by the support components Component Name LPC47B357 I O Controller Table 2 3 Support Component Functions Function Keyboard and pointing device I F Diskette I F Serial I F COM1and COM2 Parallel I F LPT1 LPT2 or LPT3 AGP PCI reset generation Interrupt IRQ serializer Power button logic GPIO ports AD1885 Audio Codec 1 NOTE Audio mixer Digital to analog converter Analog to digital converter Analog I O 1 Systems with embedded AC97 audio 2 16 Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 2 4 4 2 4 5 2 4 6 2 4 7 2 4 8 Technical Reference Guide SYSTEM MEMORY These systems support and come configured with PC133 SDRAM and provide three DIMM sockets with at least one socket populated with a single or double sided memory module Up to 512 megabytes of memory may be installed using one two or three DIMMs NOTE There are restrictions on PC133 operation These restrictions are described in Chapter 3 Processor Memory Subsystem MASS STORAGE All models include a 3 5 inch 1 44 MB diskette drive installed as drive A Most models also include a CD ROM and either a 10 15 or 20 GB hard drive Standard hard drives feature Drive Protection System DPS support All systems provide two one primary one secondary PCI bus mastering Enhanced IDE EIDE controllers i
78. color for increased image quality 30 fps full screen DVD playback Dual monitor support with a PCI graphics card DVI monitor support Quadro MXR only ff 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 The NVIDIA Quadro2 provides in addition to the RGB monitor connector a digital video interface DVI connector that can directly drive a DVI monitor or another RGB monitor through an adapter E 2 Compaq Personal Computers Changed October2001 Technical Reference Guide DISPLAY MODES The 2D graphics display modes supported by the NVIDIA Quadro2 MXR Graphics are listed in Table E 1 Table E 1 NVIDIA Quadro2 EX MXR Graphics Display Modes Max Refresh Memory Used Resolution Bits per pixel Color Depth Frequency Hz 1 For Texture 640 x 480 8 256 240 N A 640 x 480 16 65K 240 N A 640 x 480 32 16 7M 240 28 4 MB 800 x 600 8 256 240 N A 800 x 600 16 65K 240 N A 800 x 600 32 16 7M 240 26 4 MB 1024 x 768 8 256 200 N A 1024 x 768 16 65K 200 N A 1024 x 768 32 16 7M 200 22 8 MB 1152 x 864 8 256 170 N A 1152 x 864 16 65K 170 N A 1152 x 864 32 16 7M 170 20 3 MB 1280 x 1024 8 256 150 N A 1280 x 1024 16 65K 150 N A 1280 x 1024 32 16 7M 150 16 6 MB 1600 x 1000 8 256 120 N A 1600 x 1000 16 65K 120 22 6 MB 1600 x 1000 32 16 7M 120 13 3 MB 1600 x 1200 8 256 100 N A 1600 x 1200 16 65K 100 20 8 MB 1600 x 1200 32 16 7M 100 9 5 MB 1600 x 1280 8 256 100 N A 1600 x 1280 16 65
79. configuration phase has been activated by writing 55h to port 2Eh The desired interface logical device is initiated by firmware selecting logical device number of the 47B347 using the following sequence Write 07h to I O register 2Eh Write value of logical device to I O register 2Fh Write 30h to I O register 2Eh Write 018 to I O register 2Fh this activates the interface meds Writing AAh to 2Eh deactivates the configuration phase 4 40 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 4 8 31 LPC47B357 GPIO Utilization The LPC47B357 I O Controller provides 62 general purpose pins that can be individually configured for specific purposes These pins are configured through the Runtime registers logical device 0Ah during the system s configuration phase of the boot sequence by the BIOS Table 4 20 lists the registers for the LPC47B357 Note that not all ports are listed as this table defines only the custom implementation of GPIO ports Refer to SMC documentation for standard usage of unlisted GPIO ports Table 4 20 LPC47B357 GPIO Port Utilization GPIO Function Direction GPIO Function Direction 10 Board rev 1 42 2 5 11 0 43 12 44 Hood Lock 1 13 45 Hood Unlock 1 14 WOL NC 46
80. guide This chapter covers the following subjects Intel 815E based graphics subsystem 6 2 page 6 2 NVIDIA based graphics subsystem 6 3 page 6 6 Monitor power management 6 4 page 6 8 Monitor connector 6 5 page 6 8 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 6 1 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 6 Embedded Graphics Subsystems 6 2 6 2 1 INTEL 815E BASED GRAPHICS SUBSYSTEM The Intel 815E chipset integrates a graphics controller into its 832815 GMCH component Figure 6 1 82815 GMCH 4 MB SDRAM Pus L9 Display Cache J Direct AGP Graphics RGB Controller Monitor Described in Chapter 3 Described in Chapter 4 Figure 6 1 815E Based Graphics Block diagram FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION The graphics controller Figure 6 2 integrated into the 832815 GMCH component includes 2D and 3D accelerator engines working with a deeply pipelined pre processor The controller supports perspective correct texture mapping bilinear and anisotropic Mip mapping Alpha blending Gouraud shading and fogging The controller uses a Direct AGP interface that allows the Intel graphics controller to use a portion of system memory for instructions textures and frame display buffering Using a process called Dynamic Video Memory Technology the controller dynamically allocates display and texture memory amounts according to the nee
81. hard drive imminent failure 1703 xx Hard drive read write compare test 1724 xx Net work preparation test 1704 xx Hard drive random seek test 1736 xx Drive monitoring test 1705 xx Hard drive controller test 1771 xx Pri IDE controller address conflict 1706 xx Hard drive ready test 1772 xx Sec IDE controller address conflict 1707 xx Hard drive recalibrate test 1780 xx Disk 0 failure 1708 xx Hard drive format bad track test 1781 xx Disk 1 failure 1709 xx Hard drive reset controller test 1782 xx Pri IDE controller failure 1710 xx Hard drive park head test 1790 xx Disk 0 failure 1714 xx Hard drive file write test 1791 xx Disk 1 failure 1715 xx Hard drive head select test 1792 xx Se controller failure 1716 Hard drive conditional format test 1793 xx Sec Controller or disk failure 1717 xx Hard drive ECC test 1799 xx Invalid hard drive type A 8 Compaq Personal Computers Changed November 2000 Technical Reference Guide A 14 HARD DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES 19xx xx Table A 13 Hard Drive Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 19xx 01 Drive not installed 19xx 21 Got servo pulses second time but not first 19xx 02 Cartridge not installed 19xx 22 Never got to EOT after servo check 19xx 03 Tape motion error 19xx 23 Change line unset 19xx 04 Drive busy erro 19xx 24 Write protect error 19xx 05 Track seek error 19xx 25 Unable
82. is removed closes and grounds an input of the 82801 ICH2 The battery backed logic will record this intrusion event by setting a specific bit This bit will remain set even if the cover is replaced until the system is powered up and the user completes the boot sequence successfully at which time the bit will be cleared Through Setup the user can set this function to be used by Alert On LAN and or one of three levels of support for a cover removed condition Level 0 Cover removal indication is essentially disabled at this level During POST status bit is cleared and no other action is taken by BIOS Level 1 During POST the message computer s cover has been removed since the last system start up 15 displayed and time stamp in CMOS 15 updated Level 2 During POST the The computer s cover has been removed since the last system start up message is displayed time stamp in CMOS 15 updated and the user is prompted for the administrator password Smart Cover Lock The Small Form Factor and Slim Desktop systems include a solenoid operated locking bar that when activated prevents the cover hood from being removed The GPIO ports 44 and 45 of the LPC47B357 I O controller provide the lock and unlock signals to the solenoid A locked hood may be bypassed by removing special screws that hold the locking mechanism in place The special screws are removed with the Compaq Smart Cover Lock Failsafe Key Compaq p n XXXXXX
83. lengths with the FRAME signal There are two basic types of transactions on the AGP bus data requests addressing and data transfers These actions are separate from each other 4 10 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 4 3 1 1 Data Request Requesting data is accomplished in one of two ways either multiplexed addressing using the AD lines for addressing data or demultiplexed sideband addressing using the SBA lines for addressing only and the AD lines for data only Even though there are only eight SBA lines as opposed to the 32 AD lines sideband addressing maximizes efficiency and throughput by allowing the AD lines to be exclusively used for data transfers Sideband addressing occurs at the same rate 1X 2X or 4X as data transfers The differences in rates will be discussed in the next section describing data transfers Note also that sideband addressing is limited to 48 bits address bits 48 63 are assumed zero The GMCH component supports both SBA and AD addressing but the method and rate is selected by the AGP graphics adapter 4 3 1 2 Data Transfers Data transfers use the AD lines and occur as the result of data requests described previously Each transaction resulting from a request involves at least eight bytes requiring the 32 AD lines to handle at least two transfers per request The 82815E GMCH s
84. microphone tape or CD can be selected and if to be recorded saved onto a disk drive routed through an analog to digital converter ADC The resulting left and right PCM record data are muxed into a time division multiplexed data stream SD IN signal that 15 routed to the audio controller Playback PB audio takes the reverse path from the audio controller to the audio codec as SD OUT data and is decoded and processed by the digital to analog converter DAC The codec supports simultaneous record and playback of stereo left and right audio The Sample Rate Generator may be set for sampling frequencies up to 48 KHz Analog audio may then be routed through 3D stereo enhancement processor or bypassed to the output selector SEL The integrated analog mixer provides the computer control console functionality handling multiple audio inputs Audio Format AJU I Mic In X e Left Audio Data L Line In L Rec Line In e Gain i SD IN Right Rec t Audio 1 Data R CD In L gt ce gt ADC L CD In R ec 1 97 1 Sample Audio Rate pu Cont
85. occur all of the following criteria must be met 1 The processor s FSB must operate at 133 MHz 2 Allinstalled DIMMs must be PC133 compliant 3 total number of DIMM sides is no greater than four a One double sided and two single sided DIMMs or b Three single sided DIMMs or c Two double sided DIMMs with remaining socket empty The BIOS will automatically switch the SDRAM speed to 100 MHz if all of the above criteria are not met If using memory modules from third party suppliers the following DIMM type 15 recommended Unbuffered 133 MHz SDRAM PC133 CAS latency CL 2 or 3 Data access time clock to data out of 9 0 ns The SPD format supported by these systems complies with the JEDEC specification for 128 byte EEPROMs This system also provides support for 256 byte EEPROMs to include additional Compaq added features such as part number and serial number The SPD format as supported in this system SPD rev 1 is shown in Table 3 3 The key SPD bytes that BIOS checks for compatibility are 2 9 10 18 23 24 and 126 If BIOS detects EDO or ECC DIMMs a memory incompatible message will be displayed and the system will halt This system is designed for using non ECC DIMMs only Refer to chapter 8 for a description of the BIOS procedure of interrogating DIMMs An installed mix of DIMM types PC100 and PC133 CL 2 and CL 3 is acceptable but operation will be constrained to the level of the DIMM with the lowest
86. or 15 GB UATA 66 hard drive 20 GB UATA 100 hard drive 8 4 32 CD RW drive 10 40 Max DVD ROM drive LS 120 Super Disk drive PCI DXR DVD Decoder kit Compaq P700 17 CRT Compaq P900 19 CRT Compaq P1100 21 CRT Compaq 5010 15 Flat Panel Compaq TFT8020 18 Flat Panel Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 2 3 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 3 MECHANICAL DESIGN These systems are available in three form factors Small Form Factor SFF a small footprint desktop designed for environments where both performance and space are critical issues Slim Desktop SDT low profile ATX type desktop that satisfies expandability needs Configurable Minitower CMT an ATX type unit providing the most expandability and being adaptable to desktop or floor standing placement The following subsections describe the mechanical physical aspects of the Compaq Deskpro models into a live AC outlet regardless of the Power On condition Always disconnect the power cable from the power outlet and or from the system unit before handling the system unit in any way 1 CAUTION Voltages are present within the system unit whenever the unit is plugged only Before servicing these systems refer to the applicable Maintenance And Service Guide Service personnel should review training materials also available on these products
87. over a network even while the system unit 15 powered off In a system off powered down condition the network function of the 82801 ICH2 component receives auxiliary 3 3 VDC power derived from 5 VDC auxiliary power from the power supply assembly Certain events listed in Table 5 24 will result in the network function of the ICH2 to transmit an appropriate pre constructed message over the network to a system management console Reportable AOL events are listed in the following table Table 5 24 AOL Events Event Description BIOS Failure System fails to boot successfully OS Problem System fails to load operating system after POST Missing Faulty Processor Processor fails to fetch first instruction Thermal Condition Thermal ASIC reports high temperature Heartbeat Indication of system s network presence sent approximately every 30 seconds in normal operation The AOL implementation requirements are as follows 1 Intel PRO 100 VM Network Connection drivers 3 80 or later available from Compaq 2 Intel Alert On LAN Utilities version 2 5 available from Compaq 3 Management console running one of the following a HP OpenView Network Node Manager 6 x b Intel LANDesk Client Manager c Sample Application Console from the Intel AOL Utilities item 2 above Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers5 33 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces
88. performance specification If an incompatible DIMM is detected the NUM LOCK will blink for a short period of time during POST and an error message may or may not be displayed before the system hangs Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 3 5 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 3 Processor Memory Subsystem The SPD address map is shown below Table 3 3 SPD Address Map SDRAM DIMM Byte Description Notes Byte Description Notes 0 No of Bytes Written Into EEPROM 1 25 Min CLK Cycle Time at 7 CL X 2 1 Total Bytes 2 26 Max Acc Time From 7 0 2 2 Memory 27 Min Row Prechge Time 7 3 No of Row Addresses On DIMM 3 28 Min Row Active to Delay 7 4 No of Column Addresses On DIMM 29 Min RAS to CAS Delay 7 5 No of Module Banks On DIMM 30 31 Reserved 6 7 Data Width of Module 32 61 Superset Data 7 8 Voltage Interface Standard of DIMM 62 SPD Revision 7 9 Cycletime Max CAS Latency CL 4 63 Checksum Bytes 0 62 10 Access From Clock 4 64 71 JEP 106E ID Code 8 11 Config Type Parity Nonparity etc 72 DIMM OEM Location 8 12 Refresh Rate Type 4 5 73 90 OEM s Part Number 8 13 Width Primary DRAM 91 92 OEM s Rev Code 8 14 Error Checking Data Width 93 94 Manufacture Date 8 15 Min Clock Delay 6 95 98 Assembly S N 8 16 B
89. since previous boot 912 Computer Cover Removed Since Cover hood removal has been detected by the Smart Cover Sensor Last System Start Up 917 Expansion Riser Not Detected Expansion backplane board not seated properly 1720 SMART Hard Drive Detects SMART circuitry on an IDE drive has detected possible equipment Imminent Failure failure 1721 SMART SCSI Hard Drive SMART circuitry on a SCSI drive has detected possible equipment Detects Imminent Failure failure 1801 Microcode Patch Error A processor is installed for which the BIOS ROM has no patch Check for ROM update 1998 Master Boot Record Backup Backup copy of the hard drive master boot record is corrupted Use Has Been Lost Setup to restore the backup from the hard drive 1999 Master Boot Record Has If Master Boot Record Security is enabled this message indicates Changed Press Any Key To Enter that the MBR has changed since the backup was made Setup to Restore the MBR 2000 Master boot Record hard drive The hard drive has been changed Use Setup to create a backup of has changed the new hard drive A 2 Compaq Personal Computers Changed November 2000 Technical Reference Guide 4 SYSTEM ERROR MESSAGES 1 Table A 3 System Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 101 Option ROM error 110 01 Programmable timer load data test failed 102
90. systems However dual monitor support is possible by adding a PCI type graphics card Compaq Deskpro EN Slim Desktop Configurable Minitower Upgrading the AGP graphics is facilitated by replacing the existing GPA card with an AGP graphics adapter card During POST the BIOS will detect the presence of the AGP graphics adapter on the AGP bus and disable the 815E based graphics controller Dual monitor support is possible by adding a PCI graphics card Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 6 5 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 6 Embedded Graphics Subsystems 6 3 NVIDIA GRAPHICS SUBSYSTEM The NVIDIA TNT2 Pro AGP graphics controller is available in select Deskpro EN series configurations as the premium graphics solution This solution is resident on the system board in Compaq Deskpro EN Small Form Factor systems and as a separate AGP card in Compaq Deskpro EN Slim Desktop and Configurable Minitower systems This subsection describes only the on board NVIDIA graphics subsystem used on Small Form Factor systems The NVIDIA graphics card used in Deskpro EN Slim Desktop Configurable Minitower systems is described in Appendix d 128 bit NVIDIA TNT2 Graphics Controller 166 MHz Data Bus TNE Memory AGP Video UF 0 SDRAM Scalar Frame Buffer 82815 CRT GMCH im Controller VSync Monitor 3D Array Connector Engine peru RGB DAC
91. 0 x 1200 24 16 7M 85 1800 x 1440 8 256 85 1800 x 1440 16 65K 85 1800 x 1440 24 16 7M 85 1920 x 1080 8 256 85 1920 x 1080 16 65K 85 1920 x 1080 24 16 7M 85 1920 x 1200 8 256 75 Compaq Personal Computers D 3 Original July 2000 Appendix Compaq NVIDIA Pro Graphics 0 4 0 5 SOFTWARE SUPPORT INFORMATION The NVIDIA TNT2 Pro graphics card 1s fully compatible with software written for legacy video modes VGA EGA CGA and needs no driver support for those modes Drivers are provided with or available for the card to provide extended mode support for the current operating systems and programming environments such as Windows 98 95 Windows NT 4 0 3 51 Windows 3 11 3 1 OS 2 Quick Draw MS Direct Draw and Direct X Direct 3D OpenGL 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 POWER MANAGEMENT AND CONSUMPTION This controller provides monitor power control for monitors that conform to the VESA display power management signaling DPMS protocol This protocol defines different power consumption conditions and uses the HSYNC and VSYNC signals to select a monitor s power condition Table 1 2 lists the monitor power conditions Table D 2 Monitor Power Management Conditions HSYNC VSYNC Power Mode Description Active Active On Monitor is completely powered up If activated the inactivity counter counts down during system inactivity and if allowed to tiemout generates an SMI to initiate the Suspend mode Active Inacti
92. 000 INDEX 3D effects D 2 E 2 F 2 abbreviations 1 4 AC97 link bus 5 28 Accelerated Graphics Port AGP 4 10 ACPI 5 34 acronyms 1 4 AGP 4 10 Alert On LAN 5 33 AOL 5 33 AOL requirements 5 33 5 38 APIC 4 16 APM 5 34 APM BIOS support 8 19 arbitration PCI bus master 4 6 ASCII character set B 1 audio 5 26 audio controller AC97 5 28 audio subsystem 2 19 backplane 2 7 battery replacement 4 23 BIOS ROM 8 1 blinking LED 7 3 boot block ROM 8 2 cable lock 4 34 CAS latency 3 5 Celeron processor 2 14 2 15 3 2 chassis fan 4 37 chipsets 2 16 Client Management 8 12 CMOS 4 23 CMOS archive 4 24 CMOS clearing 4 23 CMOS restoring 4 24 codec audio 5 29 Configuration Cycle 4 4 configuration cycle PCI 4 4 configuration memory 4 23 configuration space 4 5 Connector AGP bus 4 14 Audio CD 5 27 audio headphones out 5 26 audio line in 5 26 audio line out 5 26 Audio Mic In 5 26 Audio Speaker 5 27 diskette drive interface 5 7 display VGA monitor 6 8 D 5 5 F 5 IDE interface 5 3 IDE diskette drive power 7 5 keyboard pointing device interface 5 21 Network RJ 45 5 36 parallel interface 5 15 PCI bus 4 9 serial interface RS 232 5 8 5 9 Ultra SCSI 50 pin D type G 4 Ultra SCSI 50 pin header type G 5 Universal Serial Bus interface 5 25 VGA pass through feature F 6 Wide Ultra SCSI 68 pin header type G 6 cooling 4 36 core voltage 3 2 3 3 7
93. 01 Keyboard controller test failed 163 xx Time and date not set 107 01 CMOS RAM test failed 164 xx Memory size 108 02 CMOS interrupt test failed 199 00 Installed devices test failed 108 03 CMOS properly initialized int test 109 01 CMOS clock load data test failed 109 02 CMOS clock rollover test failed 109 03 CMOS properly initialized test NOTE 102 message code may be caused by one of a variety of processor related problems that may be solved by replacing the processor although system board replacement may be needed Compaq Personal Computers A 3 Changed November 2000 Appendix Error Messages and Codes A 5 MEMORY ERROR MESSAGES 2xx xx Table A 4 Memory Error Messages Message Probable Cause 200 04 Real memory size changed 200 05 Extended memory size changed 200 06 Invalid memory configuration 200 07 Extended memory size changed 200 08 CLIM memory size changed 201 01 Memory machine ID test failed 202 01 Memory system ROM checksum failed 202 02 Failed RAM ROM map test 202 03 Failed RAM ROM protect test 203 01 Memory read write test failed 203 02 Error while saving block in read write test 203 03 Error while restoring block in read write test 204 01 Memory address test failed 204 02 Error while saving block in address test 204 03 Error while restoring block in address test 204 04 A20 address
94. 0A 1 00A 1 00A 50 mV 5 AUX Output 4 0 20 240A 2 40A 65 mV 12 VDC Output 5 0 00A 3 00A 3 50A 120 mV 12 VDC Output 10 96 0 00A 0 15 A 0 15 A 200 mV NOTES 1 Minimum loading requirements must be met at all times to ensure normal operation and specification compliance 2 Surge duration no longer than 10 seconds and 12 tolerance 1090 Table 7 2 200 Watt Power Supply Assembly Specifications P N 161071 or 386461 Range Min Current Max Surge Max Tolerance Loading 1 Current Current 2 Ripple Input Line Voltage 110 VAC Setting 90 132 220 Setting VAC 180 264 Line Frequency 47 63 Hz Steady State Input Current 6 00 A 3 3 4 1 40 A 18 0 3 18 0A 50 mV 3 3 AUX 5 96 0 00 2 00A 2 00A 50 mV 5 VDC Output 596 1 40A 20 0 A 3 20 0A 50 mV 5 VDC Output 10 0 00A 0 15A 0 15 A 100 mV 5 AUX Output 4 0 00 1 70A 1 70A 50 mV 12 VDC Output 596 0 07 A 6 50A 8 50A 120 mV 12 VDC Output 10 0 00 A 0 15 A 0 15 A 200 mV NOTES 1 Minimum loading requirements must be met at all times to ensure normal operation and specification compliance 2 Surge duration no longer than 10 seconds and 12 tolerance 1090 3 Maximum combined power provided by 3 3 and 5 VDC outputs should not exceed 135 watts 7 2 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifi
95. 1 2 1 55 NOTATIONAL CONVEN TIONS erm emere 1 3 1 5 1 1 3 1 52 RANGES EE 1 3 1 5 3 REGISTER NOTATION AND USAGE 1 3 1 5 4 BIENOTATION nth ener re ET STO E PR ERES 1 3 1 6 COMMON ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS eee emen ene 1 4 CHAPTER 2 SYSTEM OVERVIEW 1 2 status tn senta sess ense 2 1 INTRODUCTION nU EO RU TR FREE RETE ETE 2 1 2 2 FEATURES AND OPTIONS trot Rt HEADER De ERO etr PER Oe e URS 2 2 2 2 1 STANDARD EEATURPBESS t ERROR OQ e teet 2 2 2 2 2 OPTIONS reete rte e an Da eee D Ptr ERI orti teer ms 2 3 23 MECHANICAL DESIGN etit enr tet nein tto hex eee aote eed Free eara ds 2 4 2 3 1 CABINET LAY OUTS n cette beet enm nai best 2 5 2 3 2 CHASSIS EAYQOU TS certi ttr eet eee te amete 2 7 2 3 3 BOARD LAY OU TS HR E 2 10 24 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE rechter Et RETE E e n He 2 12 2 4 1 PROCESSORS rrt trie e eti eese eee ene 2 14 2 4 2 CHIPSET E 2 16 2 4 3 SUPPORT COMPONENT Sa tt rere oe RE eR 2 16 2 4 4 SYSTEM MEMORY seriei ete rete to e deri ie aant 2 17 2 4 5 MASS STORAGE tet terere ett REA Dee ier E
96. 1 DATA Data 4 5 2 Not Connected 5 CLK Clock 3 GND Ground 6 NC Not Connected Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers5 21 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 7 5 7 1 UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS INTERFACE The Universal Serial Bus USB interface provides asynchronous isochronous data transfers of up to 12 Mb s with compatible peripherals such as keyboards printers or modems This high speed interface supports hot plugging of compatible devices making possible system configuration changes without powering down or even rebooting systems NOTE It is recommended to run the Windows 98 or later operating system when a using USB peripherals especially a USB keyboard and USB mouse Problems may be encountered when using USB devices with a system running Windows 95 although some peripherals such as a modem and or a camera may operate satisfactorily As shown in Figure 5 8 the USB interface is provided by the 82801 ICH2 component and a USB hub component For more information on the USB interface refer to the following web site http www usb org Rear Panel Tx Rx Data i USB Pot A Tx Rx Data USB Pot B Figure 5 8 USB I F Block Diagram USB DATA FORMATS The USB I F uses non return to zero inverted NRZI encoding for data transmissions in which a 1 1s represented by no change between bit times in si
97. 1 L2 Core Voltage System Bd Processor Marking Speed Pentium 600 SL4CL 533 MHz 1 65 VDC 1 Pentium III 667 SL4CJ 600 MHz 1 65 VDC 1 Pentium 733 SL4CG 733 MHz 1 65 VDC 1 Pentium 800 SL4CD 800 MHz 1 65 VDC 1 Pentium 866 SL4CB 866 MHz 1 65 VDC 1 Pentium 933 SL4C9 933 MHz 1 65 VDC 1 Pentium 1 00 N A 1 01 GHz 1 70 VDC 1 Pentium 1 10 N A 1 10 GHz 1 75 VDC 2 Pentium 111 1 13 N A 1 13 GHz 1 75 VDC 2 Pentium III 1 20 N A 1 20 GHz 1 75 VDC 2 NOTE FSB of all processors operates at 133 MHz 1 Supported by all system board PCA s 2 Supported by system board PCA s 011305 011308 011311 only The Pentium III processor is software compatible with Celeron Pentium II Pentium MMX Pentium and x86 processors The Pentium processor features 70 FPU based streaming SIMD extensions SSE that when implemented by appropriate software can enhance 3D transforming and speech processing operations Operating system requirements for SSE support are as follows Operating System Level of SSE Support Windows 95 No SSE support Windows 98 OSRO SSE support though ISV and OpenGL 6 1 applications only Windows 98 OSRI SSE support though ISV OpenGL and DirectX applications Windows 2000 SSE support with ISV OpenGL and DirectX applications Windows NT 4 0 SSE support requires driver and Service Pack 4 SP5 recommended Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 3 3 Featuring Intel Ce
98. 1 LED test 8042 self test failed 304 04 No Make code observed 303 02 LED test reset test failed 304 05 Cannot disable repeat key feature 303 03 LED test reset failed 304 06 Unable to return to Normal mode 303 04 LED test LED command test failed 4 Personal Computers Changed November 2000 Technical Reference Guide A 7 PRINTER ERROR MESSAGES 4 Table A 6 Printer Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message X Probable Cause 401 01 Printer failed or not connected 402 11 Interrupt test data cntrl reg failed 402 01 Printer data register failed 402 12 Interrupt test and loopback test failed 402 02 Printer control register failed 402 13 Int test LpBk test and data register failed 402 03 Data and control registers failed 402 14 Int test LpBk test and cntrl register failed 402 04 Loopback test failed 402 15 Int test LpBk test and data cntrl reg failed 402 05 Loopback test and data reg failed 402 16 Unexpected interrupt received 402 06 Loopback test and cntrl reg failed 402 01 Printer pattern test failed 402 07 Loopback tst data cntrl reg failed 403 Printer pattern test failed 402 08 Interrupt test failed 404 xx Parallel port address conflict 402 09 Interrupt test and data reg failed 498 00 Printer failed or not connected 402 10 Interrupt test and control reg failed 8 VIDEO GRAPHICS ERROR MESSAGES 5 T
99. 1 minute SMI it resets its time out minute countdown according to the value 0 default 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 120 180 or 240 minutes selected in the Setup utility F10 IDE Hard Drive Timer During POST an inactivity timer in the IDE hard drive controller is set to control hard drive spin down This activity is independent of the system timer The BIOS will not inform the O S that it 15 time to go to sleep until there has been no IDE primary activity for the system time out time The IDE hard drive will spin down when its timer expires according to the countdown time 0 disabled 10 15 20 30 60 120 180 or 240 minutes selected in the Setup utility F10 NOTE The O S Win98 and later can use the Enable Disable Timer Based Request APM BIOS call to disable the system timer the BIOS uses so that the O S can have direct control of the timing Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers8 21 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 7 3 2 Going to Sleep in APM There are three levels of system sleep in APM System Hard Drive Standby System Suspend and System Off System Hard Drive Standby System Standby is achieved only by a system timer time out at such time the following occurs 1 All APM aware device drivers put their respective devices into Device Standby 2 O S makes a BIOS call to go into System Standby NOTE The BIOS ROM of th
100. 1D 45 E1 9D C5 na E1 14 77 E1 FO 14 FO 77 na 62 na EO 46 C6 na 3 EO 7E FO 7E na 3 17 29 A9 OE FO OE FO OE 18 1 02 82 16 0 16 46 0 46 19 2 03 83 1E FO 1E 1E FO 1E 20 3 04 84 26 F0 26 26 F0 26 21 4 05 85 25 0 25 25 F0 25 22 5 06 86 2 2E 2 2E 23 6 07 87 36 0 36 36 0 36 24 7 08 88 3D FO 3D 3D FO 3D 25 8 09 89 3E FO 3E 3E FO 3E 26 9 OA 8A 46 FO 46 46 FO 46 27 0 8 45 F0 45 45 0 45 28 0 8 4 4 4 4E 29 00 80 55 FO 55 55 F0 55 30 2 50 5D 5C FO 5C 31 Backspace 66 FO 66 66 FO 66 32 Insert EO 52 0 D2 70 0 70 67 52 0 02 2A 4 EO FO 12 EO 70 EO FO 70 EO 12 5 2 52 0 02 EO 6 12 EO 70 EO FO 70 12 6 33 EO 47 E0 D2 EO 6C EO 6C 6E na 52 0 02 2A 4 FO 12 EO 6C EO FO 6C EO 12 5 2A 47 0 C7 AA 6 12 EO 6C EO FO 6C EO FO 12 6 34 Page Up EO 49 0 C7 7D E0 7D 49 0 C9 2A 4 FO 12 7D EO FO 7D EO 12 5 2A 49 0 C9 EO 6 12 EO 7D EO FO 7D EO FO 12 6 35 Num Lock 45 C5 77 FO 77 76 na 36 35 E0 B5 4A EO 4A 77 35 B5 EO 2 1 X FO 12 4 FO 4A EO 12 1 37 37 B7 7 7C 7E na 38 4A CA 7B FO 7B 84 na 39 Tab OF 8F OD FO 40 10 90 15
101. 2 5 9 5 4 3 SERIAL INTERFACE 2 2 22 1 6000 000000000006 000000000000 5 9 5 5 PARALLELINTERFAGCE coerente tere e He ee 5 11 5 5 1 STANDARD PARALLEL PORT 10 2020 0400000 ener nennen nnne 5 11 5 5 2 ENHANCED PARALLEL PORT MODE esee eene 5 12 iv Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 5 5 3 EXTENDED CAPABILITIES PORT eene eene 5 12 5 5 4 PARALLEL INTERFACE PROGRAMMING eee ene ee ene 5 13 5 5 5 PARALLEL INTERFACE 5 15 56 KEYBOARD POINTING DEVICE 2 5 16 5 6 1 KEYBOARD INTERFACE 5 16 5 6 2 POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE OPERATION eene eene 5 18 5 6 3 KEYBOARD POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE PROGRAMMING 5 18 5 6 4 KEYBOARD POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE CONNECTOR 5 21 5 7 UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS 1 5 22 5 7 1 USB DATA FORMATS sis iiiter ote ir eoe NO DNE 5 22 5 7 2 USB PROGRAMMING RR ED n veces seth ete pe Feed tu oe 5 24 5 7 3 USB CONNECTOR petere cove de Ue neut 5 25 5 74 USB CABLE D
102. 2 15 3 3 processor upgrading 3 4 processor Celeron 2 14 3 2 processor Pentium 2 14 programming 815E based graphics 6 5 programming NVIDIA graphics 6 7 RAM 2 17 reference sources 1 2 remote flashing 8 2 remote wake up 5 34 restoring CMOS 4 24 ROM BIOS 8 1 ROM flashing 8 2 ROM option 4 7 RS 232 5 8 5 9 RTC 4 23 scan codes keyboard C 11 SCSI Host card Adaptec 29160N G 1 SDRAM 3 5 F 2 security functions 4 33 security chassis 4 34 security interface 4 34 sensor thermal 4 36 serial interface 2 17 5 8 SGRAM D 2 E 2 sideband addressing 4 11 signal distribution 7 8 7 10 SIMD 3 2 3 3 Smart Cover Lock 4 34 Smart Cover Sensor 4 34 SMBIOS 8 16 SMI 4 18 speaker 5 26 specifications electrical 2 19 environmental 2 19 physical 2 20 power supply 7 8 7 9 7 10 Specifications 8x CD ROM Drive 2 21 Audio subsystem 5 31 Diskette Drive 2 20 Hard Drive 2 22 SCSI Host Adapter G 3 specifications system 2 19 SSE 3 3 status LED 4 35 system board 2 10 2 11 system ID 8 6 8 14 system memory 2 17 3 5 System resources 4 15 system ROM 8 1 system status indications 4 35 TAFI 4 37 temperature status 8 14 thermal sensing 4 36 typematic C 8 UART 5 8 Universal Serial Bus USB interface 5 22 upgrading 815E based graphics 6 5 upgrading NVIDIA graphics 6 7 upgrading BIOS 8 2 upgrading NIC 5 37 upgrading processor 3 4 USB interface 5 22 USB keyboard
103. 2 EGA shadow RAM test failed 2403 01 Video attribute test failed 2419 01 EGA ROM checksum test failed 2404 01 Video character set test failed 2420 01 EGA attribute test failed 2405 01 80x25 mode 9x14 cell test failed 2421 01 640x200 mode test failed 2406 01 80x25 mode 8x8 cell test failed 2422 01 640x350 16 color set test failed 2407 01 40x25 mode test failed 2423 01 640x350 64 color set test failed 2408 01 320x200 mode color set 0 test failed 2424 01 EGA Mono text mode test failed 2409 01 320x200 mode color set 1 test failed 2425 01 EGA Mono graphics mode test failed 2410 01 640x200 mode test failed 2431 01 640x480 graphics mode test failed 2411 01 Screen memory page test failed 2432 01 320x200 256 color set test failed 2412 01 Gray scale test failed 2448 01 Advanced controller test failed 2414 01 White screen test failed 2451 01 132 column AVGA test failed 2416 01 Noise pattern test failed 2456 01 AVGA 256 test failed 2417 01 Lightpen text test failed no response 2458 xx AVGA test failed 2417 02 Lightpen text test failed invalid response 2468 xx AVGA DAC test failed 2417 03 Lightpen graphics test failed no resp 2477 data path test failed 2417 04 Lightpen graphics tst failed invalid resp 2478 xx AVGA test failed 2418 01 EGA memory test failed 2480 xx AVGA linedraw test failed Compaq Personal Computers 9 Changed November 2000 Appendix Error Messages and Codes A 16 AUDI
104. 38 7 C max wet bulb temperature wet bulb temperature Maximum Altitude 10 000 ft 3048 m 2 30 000 ft 9 144 m 2 NOTE 1 Peak input acceleration during an 11 ms half sine shock pulse 2 Maximum rate of change 1500 ft min Table 2 6 Electrical Specifications Parameter U S International Input Line Voltage Nominal 100 127 VAC 200 240 VAC Maximum 90 132 180 264 VAC Input Line Frequency Range Nominal 50 60 Hz 50 60 Hz Maximum 47 63 Hz 47 63 Hz Power Supply Maximum Continuous Power Small Form Factor 120 watts 120 watts Slim Desktop or Configurable Minitower 200 watts 200 watts Maximum Line Current Draw Small Form Factor 40 20 Slim Desktop Configurable Minitower 6 0A 3 0A Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers2 19 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 2 System Overview Table 2 7 Physical Specifications Small Slim Configurable Parameter Form Factor Desktop Minitower 3 Height 3 8 in 9 70 cm 5 38 in 13 67 cm 17 65 in 44 83 Width 12 5 31 75 17 65 44 83 cm 6 60 in 16 76 cm Depth 14 6 in 37 10 17 11 in 43 46 cm 17 11 in 43 46 cm Weight nom 1 20 Ib 9 1 kg 26 Ib 12 kg 26 Ib 12 kg Maximum Supported Weight 2 100 Ib 45 5 kg 100 Ib 45 5 kg 100 Ib 45 5 kg NOTES 1 System weight may vary depending on installed drives peripherals 2 Assum
105. 7 DIMM 3 5 DIMM detection 8 5 DIMM support 8 15 diskette drive interface 5 4 display modes 815E based 6 4 display modes Matrox Millennium G450 F 3 display modes NVIDIA graphics 6 7 display modes NVIDIA Quadro2 EX MXR E 3 display modes NVIDIA TNT2 Pro D 3 DMA 4 19 DMI 8 16 drive fault prediction 8 15 dual head support F 2 East Access keys C 10 Easy Access keyboards C 7 effects 3D D 2 E 2 F 2 EIDE interface 5 1 Enhanced Parallel Port EPP 5 12 events wake up 7 4 expansion card cage 2 7 Extended Capabilities Port ECP 5 12 fan boxed processor 4 37 chassis 4 37 power supply 4 37 FC PGA370 package 3 4 feature connector F 6 features standard 2 2 flash ROM 8 2 flip chip package 3 4 general purpose I O 4 39 GPIO 3 2 3 3 4 39 I O controller 4 41 graphics card Matrox Millennium G450 F 1 graphics card NVIDIA Quadro2 EX MXR E 1 graphics card NVIDIA TNT Pro D 1 graphics subsystem 2 18 6 1 graphics 3D D 2 E 2 F 2 graphics 815E based 6 2 graphics NVIDIA 6 6 Hard drive activity indicator 4 42 headphones 5 26 heat sink processor 2 15 Hub link bus 4 7 VO controller LPC47B34x 4 40 I O map 4 38 IDE interface 5 1 IDSEL 4 4 index addressing 1 3 interface audio 2 19 5 26 diskette drive 5 4 IDE 5 1 keyboard pointing device 5 16 parallel 2 17 5 11 serial 2 17 5 8 USB 2 17 5 22 interrupts maskable IRQn 4 15 nonmaskable NMI SMI 4 17 interrupts PC
106. 8042 logic of the system unit The When the key is released a release code is transmitted as well except for the Pause key which produces only a make code The 8042 type logic of the system unit responds to scan code reception by asserting IRQ1 which is processed by the interrupt logic and serviced by the CPU with an interrupt service routine The service routine takes the appropriate action based on which key was pressed Compaq Personal Computers C 3 Changed July 2000 Appendix Keyboard C 2 2 USB TYPE KEYBOARD TRANSMISSIONS The USB type keyboard sends essentially the same information to the system that the PS 2 keyboard does except that the data receives additional NRZI encoding and formatting prior to leaving the keyboard to comply with the USB I F specification discussed in chapter 5 of this guide Packets received at the system s USB I F and decoded as originating from the keyboard result in an SMI being generated An SMI handler routine is invoked that decodes the data and transfers the information to the 8042 keyboard controller where normal legacy keyboard processing takes place C 4 Compaq Personal Computers Changed July 2000 Technical Reference Guide C 2 3 KEYBOARD LAYOUTS Figures C 3 through C 8 show the key layouts for keyboards shipped with Compaq systems Actual styling details including location of the Compaq logo as well as the numbers lock caps lock and scroll lock LEDs may vary C 2 3 1 S
107. 8808h 24h Reserved X 7Ch Vender ID1 4144h 12h CD Vol 8808h 26h Pwr Mgnt 000xh Vender ID2 5340h 5 30 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 5 8 6 AUDIO SPECIFICATIONS Technical Reference Guide The specifications for the integrated AC97 audio subsystem are listed in Table 5 23 Table 5 23 AC97 Audio Subsystem Specifications Paramemter Measurement Sampling Rate 5 51 KHz to 44 KHz Resolution 16 bit Nominal Input Voltage Mic In w 20 db gain 283 Vp p Line In 2 83 Vp p Impedance Mic In 1 K ohms Line In 10 K ohms min Line Out 800 ohms Signal to Noise Ratio input to Line Out 90 db nom Max Power Output with 1090 THD Small Form Factor Slim Desktop Configurable Minitower 8 watts into 8 ohms 3 watts into 16 ohms Input Gain Attenuation Range 46 5 db Master Volume Range 94 5 db Frequency Response Codec 20 20 KHz Speaker Small Form Factor 450 4000 Hz Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers5 31 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 9 NETWORK INTERFACE CONTROLLER These systems include a network interface controller NIC consisting of a 82562 equivalent controller integrated into the 82801 ICH2 component coupled with a physical interface PHY component and an RJ 45 jack with inte
108. APHICS 5 6 6 6 3 1 DISPLAY MODES etre eee 6 7 6 3 2 NVIDIA GRAPHICS eren 6 7 6 3 3 NVIDIA GRAPHICS UPGRADING aena ia aan 6 7 64 MONITOR POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL 6 8 62 MONITOR CONNECTOR Re E eee 6 8 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide CHAPTER 7 POWER SUPPLY AND 8 ecu dione cfr ss Md tue as 7 1 7 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY CONTROL cett ttti 7 1 711 POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY ettet ttt 7 2 Tid POWBRCONEROL 2 45 2 805a ied eda ai 7 3 Jd POWER DISTRIBUTION tae donnes utet ere a EE 7 5 Ze 3 3 5 12 VDCODISTRIBUTION ale 7 5 7 1 1 c LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION s c4 tates etes tete eed 227 7 1 SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION atis eed ts 7 8 CHAPTER 8 BIOS INEHRRODUUCUTIONCS Oo 8 1 04 RONFELASHING nS
109. ATA natenn eth etiim ates 5 25 2 07 AUDIO SUBSYSLIEMe onere tee eei ree rte OM Oe 5 26 5 8 1 FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS a tete eerie 5 26 5 8 2 7 eO RUD eid 5 28 5 8 3 ACI TEINK BUS P 5 28 5 8 4 aE RE O E E 5 29 5 8 5 AUDIOFROGRAMMING v i 5 30 5 8 6 AVDIO SPECIFICA TIONS eror tette te tort e ER OR PR Petr in 5 31 59 NETWORK INTERFACE 5 32 5 9 1 WAKE ON LAN 2 00044020 2 4 019400 008680600008 1 00 toin tana 5 33 5 9 2 ALERT SUPPORT ettet eet ttt eene eren 5 33 5 9 3 POWER MANAGEMENT SUPPORT eee 5 34 5 9 4 2 5 35 5 9 5 NIC CONNECTOR i 3 rdi neto eerie eerie iH 5 36 5 9 6 NIC SPECIEICACEIONS dep itr RERO HH 5 36 5 9 7 NIC UPGRADING CHANGING eese eene etre enr trenes 5 37 CHAPTER 6 EMBEDDED GRAPHICS SUBSYSTEM 61 INTRODUCTION iiti rt eia o iie n E UR RH 6 1 6 2 INTEL 815E BASED GRAPHICS 5 eee eene een enne 6 2 6 2 1 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION torte terere nto gerente 6 2 6 2 2 DISPLAY MODES tren Ee OR RE OT FREU I ot EEUU 6 4 6 2 3 MEMORY 6 4 6 2 4 815E BASED GRAPHICS 6 5 6 2 5 UPGRADING 815E BASED 6 5 6 3 NVIDIA GR
110. BR was saved Enables disables serial parallel and USB ports and audio security Enables disables the computer s ability to boot from an operating system installed on a network server Feature available on NIC models only the network controller must reside on the PCI bus or be embedded on the system board Allows user to set Asset tag 16 byte identifier and Ownership Tag 80 byte identifier displayed during POST Refer to the Desktop Management guide for more information Chassis serial number or Universal Unique Identifier UUID number If current number is invalid these ID numbers are normally set in the factory and are used to uniquely identify the System Keyboard locale setting e g English or German for System ID entry Continued Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 8 9 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM Table 8 3 Setup Utility Functions Continued Heading Option Description Power Energy Saver Allows user to set the energy saver mode advanced disable or minimal Note In the minimal energy saver mode setting the hard drive and system do not go into energy saver mode but the setting allows you to press the power button to suspend the system This option is not available under ACPI enabled operating systems Timeouts Allows user to disable or manually select timeout values for the system and or all attached IDE hard drives Not
111. BUTTON EASY ACCESS KEYBOARD 2 0 C 7 FIGURE 8 8 BUTTON EASY ACCESS KEYBOARD C 7 FIGURE 9 PS 2 KEYBOARD CABLE CONNECTOR MALEB C 16 FIGURE 10 USB KEYBOARD CABLE CONNECTOR sese C 16 FIGURE D 1 COMPAQ NVIDIA TNT2 PRO AGP GRAPHICS CARD P N 198998 B21 LAYOUT D 1 FIGURE D 2 NVIDIA TNT2 PRO GRAPHICS CARD BLOCK D 2 FIGURE D 3 VGA MONITOR CONNECTOR FEMALE DB 15 AS VIEWED FROM REAR eene D 5 FIGURE E 1 COMPAQ NVIDIA QUADRO2 EX MXR AGP GRAPHICS CARD E 1 FIGURE E 2 NVIDIA QUADRO2 MXR GRAPHICS CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM eerte eren E 2 FIGURE 3 MONITOR CONNECTOR FEMAL DB 15 AS VIEWED FROM E 2 FIGURE F 1 COMPAQ MATROX MILLIENNIUM AGP GRAPHICS CARD LAYOUT eene F 1 FIGURE F 2 MATROX MILLENNIUM GRAPHICS CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM eene nene enne enne F 2 FIGURE F 3 MONITOR CONNECTOR FEMAL DB 15 AS VIEWED FROM REAR F 2 FIGURE G 1 COMPAQ ADAPTEC 29160N SCSI HOST ADAPTER CARD LAYOUT 157342 001 G 1 FIGURE G 2 COMPAQ ADAPTEC ULTRA SCSI ADAPTER CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM G 2 FIGURE 6 3 EXTERNAL ULTRA SCSI CONNECTOR 50 G 4 FIGURE G 4 INTERNAL 50 PIN ULTRA SCSI CONNECTOR esee een nennen nns G 5 FIG
112. Bus PCI Bus Not connected on Configurable Minitower models Figure 5 17 RSA Logic Block Diagram Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers5 37 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces Reportable RSA events are listed in the following table Table 5 28 Remote System Alert Events Event Description BIOS Failure System fails to boot successfully Thermal Condition Thermal ASIC reports high temperature Some systems may generate an alert message when increasing fan speed Chassis Intrusion 1 Smart Cover Sensor detected cover removal This event is battery backed meaning that should the unit be unplugged from AC power during cover removal notification will occur after AC power is restored Heartbeat Indication of system s network presence sent approximately every 30 seconds in normal operation NOTE 1 Not supported on Configurable Minitower models The current Remote System Alert implementation requirements are as follows 3Com Etherlink 3C905C TX NIC 7 pin AOL SOS cable 3Com EtherDisk Driver 5 x or later available from Compaq Client side utility software included with driver Server side utility software called 3Com Remote System Alert Manager on the compaq com web site 6 Management console running one of the following a HP OpenView Network Node Manager 6 x b Microsoft Systems Management Server SMS vers
113. C 2 4 KEYS keys generate a make code when pressed and a break code when released with the exception of the Pause key pos 16 which produces a make code only All keys with the exception of the Pause and Easy Access keys are also typematic although the typematic action of the Shift Ctrl Alt Num Lock Scroll Lock Caps Lock and Ins keys is suppressed by the BIOS Typematic keys when held down longer than 500 ms send the make code repetitively at a 10 12 Hz rate until the key 15 released If more than one key is held down the last key pressed will be typematic C 2 4 1 Special Single Keystroke Functions The following keys provide the intended function in most applications and environments Caps Lock The Caps Lock key pos 59 when pressed and released invokes a BIOS routine that turns on the caps lock LED and shifts into upper case key positions 40 49 60 68 and 76 82 When pressed and released again these keys revert to the lower case state and the LED is turned off Use of the Shift key will reverse which state these keys are in based on the Caps Lock key Num Lock The Num Lock key pos 32 when pressed and released invokes a BIOS routine that turns on the num lock LED and shifts into upper case key positions 55 57 72 74 88 90 100 and 101 When pressed and released again these keys revert to the lower case state and the LED is turned off The following keys provide special functions that require specific suppo
114. CS CARD D 1 INTRODUCTION This appendix describes the Compaq NVIDIA TNT2 Pro Graphics Card used the standard configuration on some models and also available as an option This card layout shown in the following figure installs in a system s AGP slot The Compaq NVIDIA TNT2 Pro graphics card P N 189998 B21 provides high 2D performance as well as 3D capabilities Feature Connector SGRAM NVIDIA Analog i TNT2 Monitor cen Connector Controller Figure D 1 Compaq NVIDIA TNT2 Pro AGP Graphics Card P N 198998 B21 Layout This appendix covers the following subjects Functional description D 2 page D 2 Display modes D 3 page D 3 Software support information D 4 page D 4 Monitor power management D 5 page D 4 Connectors D 6 page D 5 Compaq Personal Computers D 1 Original July 2000 Appendix Compaq NVIDIA Pro AGP Graphics 0 2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION The NVIDIA TNT2 Pro SD Graphics Card provides high performance 2D and 3D display imaging The card s AGP design provides an economical approach to 3D processing by off loading 3D effects such as texturing z buffering and alpha blending to the system memory while 16 megabytes of on board SGRAM stores the main display image AGP Card Bus Edge Connector 128 bit NVIDIA TNT2 Graphics Controller 166 MHz M Dat
115. D 1 Set Type Key Make FDh Clears keyboard buffer and prepares to receive key ID 1 Resend FEh 8042 detected error in keyboard transmission Reset FFh Resets program runs keyboard BAT defaults to Mode 2 Note 1 Used in Mode 3 only Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers5 17 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 6 2 5 6 3 POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE OPERATION The pointing device typically a mouse connects to a 6 pin DIN type connector that is identical to the keyboard connector both physically and electrically The operation of the interface clock and data signal control is the same as for the keyboard The pointing device interface uses the IRQI2 interrupt KEYBOARD POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE PROGRAMMING Programming the keyboard interface consists of configuration which occurs during POST and control which occurs during runtime 5 6 3 1 8042 Configuration The keyboard pointing device interface must be enabled and configured for a particular speed before it can be used Enabling and speed parameters of the 8042 logic are affected through the PnP configuration registers of the LPC47B357 I O controller Enabling and speed control are automatically set by the BIOS during POST but can also be accomplished with the Setup utility and other software The keyboard interface configuration registers are listed in the following table
116. DC 58 ADO1 ADOO 28 GND AD22 59 5 VDC 5 VDC 29 AD21 AD20 60 ACK64 REQ64 30 AD19 GND 61 5 VDC 5 VDC 31 3 3 VDC AD18 62 5 VDC 5 VDC Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 4 9 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support 4 3 4 3 1 AGP BUS OVERVIEW NOTE The Small Form Factor system features an on board AGP graphics adapter and does not provide an accessible AGP slot All Slim Desktop and Configurable Minitower systems provide an AGP slot and may implement either an on board AGP graphics adapter with a GPA AIMM card or separate AGP graphics card For a detailed description of AGP bus operations refer to the AGP Interface Specification Rev 2 0 available at the following AGP forum web site http www agpforum org index htm The Accelerated Graphics Port AGP bus is specifically designed as an economical yet high performance interface for graphics adapters especially those designed for 3D operations The AGP interface is designed to give graphics adapters dedicated pipelined access to system memory for the purpose of off loading texturing z buffering and alpha blending used in 3D graphics operations By off loading a large portion of 3D data to system memory the AGP graphics adapter only requires enough memory for frame buffer display image refreshing BUS TRANSACTIONS The operation of the AGP bus is based on the 66 MHz PCI specification but includes
117. Detection Error Over run OOh 1 Indicates to the system that a switch closure couldn t be FFh 2 identified BAT Completion AAh Indicates to the system that the BAT has been successful BAT Failure FCh Indicates failure of the BAT by the keyboard Echo EEh Indicates that the Echo command was received by the keyboard Acknowledge ACK FAh Issued by the keyboard as a response to valid system inputs except the Echo and Resend commands Resend FEh Issued by the keyboard following an invalid input Keyboard ID 83ABh Upon receipt of the Read ID command from the system the keyboard issues the ACK command followed by the two IDS bytes Note 1 Modes 2 and 3 2 Mode 1 only C 2 6 SCAN CODES The scan codes generated by the keyboard processor are determined by the mode the keyboard 15 operating in Mode 1 In Mode 1 operation the keyboard generates scan codes compatible with 8088 8086 based systems To enter Mode 1 the scan code translation function of the keyboard controller must be disabled Since translation is not performed the scan codes generated in Mode 1 are identical to the codes required by BIOS Mode 1 is initiated by sending command FOh with the 01 option byte Applications can obtain system codes and status information by using BIOS function INT 16h with AH 00h 011 and 02h Mode2 Mode 2 is the default mode for keyboard operation In this mode the 8042 logic translates the make codes from the keyboard processor int
118. Device Specific Area Min Lat Min GNT Pin Int Line Reserved Reserved Expansion ROM Base Address Subsystem ID Subsystem Vendor ID Card Bus CIS Pointer Base Address Registers BIST Hdr Tvpe Lat Timer Line Size Class Code Revision ID Status Command Device ID Vendor ID PCI Configuration Space Type 0 Data required by PCI protocol Not required Register Index FCh 40h 3Ch 38h 34h 30h 2Ch 28h 10h OCh 08h 04h 00h Figure 4 3 PCI Configuration Space Mapping 31 24 23 16 15 8 7 0 Device Specific Area Int Pin Int Line Bridge Control Expansion ROM Base Address Reserved Limit Upper 16 Bits I O Base Upper 16 Bits Prefetchable Limit Upper 32 Bits Prefetchable Base Upper 32 Bits Prefetch Mem Limit Prefetch Mem Base Memory Limit Memory Base Secondary Status Limit Base 2 Lat Tmr Sub Bus Sec Bus Pri Bus L Base Address Registers BIST Hdr Type Lat Timer Line Size Class Code Revision ID Status Command Device ID Vendor ID PCI Configuration Space Type 1 Each PCI device is identified with a vendor ID assigned to the vendor by the PCI Special Interest Group and a device ID assigned by the vendor The device and vendor IDs for the devices on the system board are listed in Table 4 2 Table 4 2 System Boar
119. E Pec eet 2 17 2 4 6 SERIAL AND PARALLEL 2 17 2 4 7 UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS 2 17 2 4 8 NETWORK INTERFACE 2 17 2 4 9 GRAPHICS SUBSYS EM erento reete eo e ertet tre eee RI PIE pP 2 18 2 410 AUDIOSUBSYSTEM steer n eet eer feeder en eee s 2 19 2 9 OSPECIFICATIONS o He t ter t ie eti viu tlie tee 2 19 CHAPTER 3 PROCESSOR MEMORY SUBSYSTEM eere reete teens tn nnns sene 31 INTRODUCTION 5 ihre ret reete et rte ire ERR 3 1 32 BROGCESSOR eher re ER TII eb tee OE 3 2 32 1 CELERON PROCESSOR iret te tn tI HORROR RR Heine 3 2 322 PENTIUM IIEPROCESSOR rettet tono ree three tay eoe eeu eee RS 3 3 32 3 PROCESSOR UPGRADING 5 irt rr t qe ret a e E 3 4 3 3 MEMORY SUBSYSTEM rre RR E RENE Di EEG PD RS 3 5 34 SUBSYSTEM enne 3 8 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers iii Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide CHAPTER 4 SYSTEM SUPPORT eres iroso 41 SINTRODUGTION err ntt Re EU Eod 4 1 42 PCI BUS OVERVIEW eee e e ERI Ti 4 2 4 2 1
120. F 10 IRQ15 IDE secondary 11 Serial port COM2 12 IRQ4 Serial port COM1 13 IRQ5 Unused 14 IRQ6 Diskette drive controller 15 IRQ7 Parallel port LPT1 IRQ2 NOT AVAILABLE Cascade from interrupt controller 2 APIC Mode The Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller APIC mode provides enhanced interrupt processing with the following advantages Eliminates the processor s interrupt acknowledge cycle by using a separate APIC bus Programmable interrupt priority Additional interrupts total of 24 The APIC mode accommodates eight PCI interrupt signals INTA INTH for use by PCI devices The PCI interrupts are evenly distributed to minimize latency and wired as follows ICH2 PCI PCI PCI NIC USB Direct AGP Int Cntlr Slot 1 Slot2 Slot 3 VF 1 VF 2 Cntlr 2 INTA INTA INTD INTC n INTB Wired INTB INTA INTD INTD to E ES i z INTF INTC INTB INTA E INTG INTD INTC INTB E INTH NTC NOTES 1 Connection internal to the ICH2 Will be reported by BIOS as using INTA but is NOT shared with other functions using INTA 2 Internal graphics controller of the 82815 GMCH internally wired Deskpro SDT and CMT systems only 4 16 Compaq Deskpro and Evo
121. Field Addr Field ENDP Field CRC Field Token Packet 8 bits 8 bits 7 bits 4 bits 5 bits Sync Field PID Field Frame Field CRC Field SOF Packet 8 bits 8 bits 11 bits 5 bits Sync Field PID Field Data Field CRC Field Data Packet 8 bits 8 bits 0 1023 bytes 16 bits Sync Field PID Field Handshake Packet 8 bits 8 bits Figure 5 9 USB Packet Formats Data is transferred LSb first A cyclic redundancy check CRC is applied to all packets except a handshake packet A packet causing a CRC error is generally completely ignored by the receiver Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers5 23 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 7 2 USB PROGRAMMING Programming the USB interface consists of configuration which typically occurs during POST and control which occurs at runtime 5 7 2 1 USB Configuration The USB interface functions as a PCI device 31 within the 82801 component function 2 and 15 configured using PCI Configuration Registers as listed in Table 5 17 Table 5 17 USB Interface Configuration Registers PCI PCI Config Reset Config Reset Addr Register Value Addr Register Value 00 01h Vender ID 8086h OEh Header Type 00h 02 03h Device ID 2444h 20 23h Space Base Address 1 04 05h PCI Command 0000h 2C 2Dh Sub Vender ID 00h 06
122. Hi 2D Hi 2D Multi monitor for Entry 3D Entry 3D Entry 3D Entry 3D Hi 2D Bus Type Direct AGP 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 Mem Amount 4 MB 1 16 MB 32 32 MB 32 MB Mem Type SDRAM SGRAM SDRAM SDRAM DDR SDRAM DAC Speed 230 MHz 300 MHz 350 MHz 350 MHz 350 MHz 4 Max 2D Res 1600x1200 1920x1200 1920x1200 1920x1200 2048x768 of colors 256 16 7M 16 7M 16 7M 65K Software Direct Draw Quick Draw Quick Draw Quick Draw Quick Draw Compatibility Direct 3D DCI DirectX DCI DirectX DCI DirectX DCI DirectX Active Movie Direct Draw Direct Draw Direct Draw Direct Draw Media Player Direct Show Direct Show Direct Show MPEG 1 2 MPEG 1 2 MPEG 1 2 MPEG 1 2 OpenGL Indeo Indeo Indeo Direct 3D Aux I O None I F VESA I F VESA I F VESA I F Outputs 1 RGB 1 RGB 1 RGB 1 RGB 1 DVI 2 RGB Upgrade path Add Add Replace Replace Replace AGP card 3 AGP card 3 AGP card AGP card AGP card NOTES 1 Display cache resident on Deskpro EN SFF system board Installed as a GPA AIMM on Deskpro EN SDT CMT systems 2 Controller and memory resident on Deskpro EN SFF system board Separate card on Deskpro EN SDT CMT systems 3 Deskpro EN SFF systems upgradeable with PCI graphics card only 4 Primary RAMDAC Secondary RAMDAC operates 200 MHz 2 18 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Gui
123. I 4 7 key keyboard functions C 8 keyboard C 1 keyboard micro processor C 2 keyboard layouts C 5 keyboard USB C 4 keyboards Easy Access C 7 keys Easy Access C 10 keys Windows C 9 LED 5 32 LED indications 4 35 7 3 LED HD 4 42 LED Power 4 42 low voltages 7 7 LPC bus 4 7 LPC47B34x I O controller 4 40 Magic Packet 5 34 mass storage 2 17 memory detection 8 5 memory management graphics 6 4 memory map 3 7 memory system 3 5 memory system RAM 2 17 microphone 5 26 3 2 monitor power control 6 8 D 4 E 4 F 4 mouse interface 5 18 network interface controller 5 32 network support 5 32 NIC 5 32 NIC upgrading 5 37 notational conventions 1 2 1 3 NUM lock 3 5 option ROM 4 7 options 2 3 parallel interface 2 17 5 11 password clearing 4 23 password power on 4 33 PCI bus 2 17 4 2 PCI Configuration Space 4 5 PCI interrupts 4 7 Pentium II 2 16 Pentium II processor 2 14 Pentium processor 3 3 PHY 5 32 pinouts header connector 7 10 Plug n Play 2 2 2 17 8 15 Plug n Play BIOS function 8 15 power button 7 3 Power Button Override 4 24 power consumption graphics card D 4 power distribution 7 5 Power indicator 4 42 power management ACPI 4 35 network interface controller NIC 5 34 PCI 4 7 power management BIOS function 8 17 power supply 7 1 power supply assembly 7 2 power on password 4 33 PPGA370 3 2 processor Celeron 2 15 3 2 Pentium III
124. ICS SUBSYSTEM Two types of graphics subsystems are offered as standard in these systems integrated and external The 82815 GMCH component includes an AGP 4X interface and a Direct AGP graphics controller The integrated configuration uses the graphics controller within the 82815 GMCH to drive an RGB monitor The external configuration features an graphics controller that due to its presence on the AGP bus disables the GMCH s integrated controller A NOTE Small Form Factor units do not have an AGP slot and are shipped as using the integrated Direct AGP graphics solution or with an embedded NVIDIA TNT2 Pro graphics controller The customer must choose which graphics solution at the time of purchase The Slim Desktop and Configurable Minitower units feature an AGP slot that is used for either mounting a AGP graphics card or for mounting a GPA AIMM card that supports the integrated 1740 controller The AGP slot includes both Type 1 and Type 2 retention mechanisms Dual monitor support is possible by adding a PCI graphics card to either configuration Table 2 4 lists the key features of the standard graphics subsystems employed in these systems Table 2 4 Standard AGP Graphics Comparison Integrated Matrox GMCH s NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA Millennium Controller TNT2 PRO Quadro2 EX Quadro2 MXR 450 Std Config In EN EN 2 Evo Wkstn AP230 Wkstn AP230 Wkstn AP230 Recommended Hi 2D Hi 2D
125. II Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces Value 20h Table 5 15 CPU Commands To The 8042 Command Description Put current command byte in port 60h 60h Load new command byte A4h Test password installed Tests whether or not a password is installed in the 8042 If FAh is returned password is installed If F1h is returned no password is installed A5h Load password This multi byte operation places a password in the 8042 using the following manner 1 Write A5h to port 64h 2 Write each character of the password in 9 bit scan code translated format to port 60h 3 Write 00h to port 60h A6h Enable security This command places the 8042 in password lock mode following the A5h command The correct password must then be entered before further communication with the 8042 is allowed ATh Disable pointing device This command sets bit 5 of the 8042 command byte pulling the clock line of the pointing device interface low A8h Enable pointing device This command clears bit 5 of the 8042 command byte activating the clock line of the pointing device interface A9h Test the clock and data lines of the pointing device interface and place test results in the output buffer 00h No error detected 01h Clock line stuck low 02h 7 Clock line stuck high 03h Data line stuck low 04h Data line stuck high Initialization This command causes th
126. III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 TABLE D 1 TABLE D 2 TABLE D 3 TABLE E 1 TABLE E 2 TABLE E 3 TABLE F 1 TABLE F 2 TABLE F 3 TABLE 1 TABLE G 2 TABLE 6 3 TABLE G 4 TABLE 5 Technical Reference Guide NVIDIA TNT2 PRO GRAPHICS DISPLAY MODES tenen D 3 MONITOR POWER MANAGEMENT CONDITIONS enne ener ener sre D 4 DB 15 MONITOR CONNECTOR PINOUT 2 2 43 2000020540001110000600005000000000000500 enne D 5 NVIDIA QUADRO2 EX MXR GRAPHICS DISPLAY MODES eee E 3 MONITOR POWER MANAGEMENT 8 20 4 DB 15 MONITOR 222 2 2 200000 00000000000000000000000 0 0 00 5 MATROX MILLENNIUM GRAPHICS DISPLAY F 3 MONITOR POWER MANAGEMENT CONDITIONS 4 DB 1S MONITOR CONNECTOR ete RE ea ee to e ee aed F 5 SCSI HOST ADAPTER CARD CONTROL REGISTER MAPPING eere eene G 3 ULTRA SCSI HOST ADAPTER CARD 8 1 0 G 3 EXTERNAL 50 PIN ULTRA SCSI CONNECTOR PINOUT sesseeeeeeeee enne G 4 INTERNAL 50 PIN ULTRA SCSI CONNECTOR 00 00000000000000000 G 5 ULTRA 160 SCSI CONNECTOR PINOUT 2 4 122 00000 4000000000050 enne enne nre nnn G 6 Comp
127. K 100 20 0 MB 1600 x 1280 32 16 7M 100 8 0 MB 1920 x 1080 8 256 85 N A 1920 x 1080 16 65K 85 19 9 MB 1920 x 1080 32 16 7M 85 7 7 MB 1920 x 1200 8 256 85 N A 1920 x 1200 16 65K 85 18 5 MB 1920 x 1200 32 16 7M 85 5 0 MB NOTE 1 Values reflect hardware capability May be restricted to lower frequency by operating system Compaq Personal Computers E 3 Changed October 2001 Appendix J Compaq NVIDIA Quadro2 EX MXR Graphics Cards E 4 E 5 SOFTWARE SUPPORT INFORMATION The NVIDIA Quadro2 MXR graphics card 15 fully compatible with software written for legacy video modes VGA EGA CGA and needs no driver support for those modes Drivers are provided with or available for the card to provide extended mode support for the current operating systems and programming environments such as Windows 3 1 95 98 2000 ME Windows NT 4 0 3 51 Whistler Linux OS 2 Quick Draw MS Direct Draw and Direct X Direct 3D OpenGL 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 POWER MANAGEMENT AND CONSUMPTION This controller provides monitor power control for monitors that conform to the VESA display power management signaling DPMS protocol This protocol defines different power consumption conditions and uses the HSYNC and VSYNC signals to select a monitor s power condition Table E 2 lists the monitor power conditions Table E 2 Monitor Power Management Conditions HSYNC VSYNC Power Mode Description Active Active On Monitor is completely powered up
128. Left Shift key active For active right Shift key substitute AA 2A make break codes for B6 36 codes 5 Left Shift key active For active right Shift key substitute FO 12 12 make break codes for FO 59 59 codes 6 Num Lock key active 7 Windows keyboards only 8 7 Button Easy Access keyboard 9 8 Button Easy Access keyboard Compaq Personal Computers C 15 Changed July 2000 Appendix Keyboard CONNECTORS Two types of keyboard interfaces are used in Compaq systems PS 2 type and USB type System units that provide a PS 2 connector will ship with a PS 2 type keyboard but may also support simultaneous connection of a USB keyboard Systems that do not provide a PS 2 interface will ship with a USB keyboard For a detailed description of the PS 2 and USB interfaces refer to chapter 5 Input Output of this guide The keyboard cable connectors and their pinouts are described in the following figures in Function Data Not connected Ground 5 VDC Clock Oc 0 Not connected Figure 9 PS 2 Keyboard Cable Connector Male Pin Function 1 5 2 Data 3 Data 4 Ground Figure C 10 USB Keyboard Cable Connector Male C 16 Compaq Personal Computers Changed July 2000 3 4 G 2 Technical Reference Guide Appendix D COMPAQ NVIDIA TNT2 PRO AGP GRAPHI
129. Length Encoding RLE decompression 1s supported by ECP mode The ECP mode includes a bi directional FIFO buffer that can be accessed by the CPU using DMA or programmed I O For the parallel interface to be initialized for ECP mode a negotiation phase is entered to detect whether or not the connected peripheral is compatible with ECP mode If compatible then ECP mode can be used Ten control registers are available in ECP mode to handle transfer operations In accessing the control registers the base address is determined by address lines A2 A9 with lines AO Al and A10 defining the offset address of the control register Registers used for FIFO operations accessed at their base address 400h 1 if configured for LPT 1 then 378h 400h 778h The ECP mode includes several sub modes as determined by the Extended Control register Two submodes of ECP allow the parallel port to be controlled by software In these modes the FIFO 1s cleared and not used and DMA and RLE are inhibited 5 12 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 5 5 4 PARALLEL INTERFACE PROGRAMMING Programming the parallel interface consists of configuration which typically occurs during POST and control which occurs during runtime 5 5 4 1 Parallel Interface Configuration The parallel interface must be configured for a specific address range L
130. M stores non volatile configuration data and the BIOS ROM which is a flash ROM contains additional configuration data and SCSI functions The programmable array logic PAL controls the Serial EEPROM to AIC7892 interface SCSI Activity Serial Active Ultra160 EEPROM 40 MHz SE Term Clock PCI Bus PCI AIC7892 Slot SCSI V N Int SCSI Connector SE Controller AIC3860 V Transceiver 5 Ext SCSI Connector SE ROM Int SCSI Connector Active Ultra160 SE LVD Term Figure G 2 Compaq Adaptec Ultra SCSI Adapter Card Block Diagram The AIC7892 controller supports dual mode low voltage differential LVD SCSI I O up to the Ultral60 data rate of 160 Mbytes Both single ended SE and LVD devices can co exist on the SCSI bus although operation will default to the SE mode In SE mode transfer rates are limited to the speed of the slower device High voltage differential HVD devices are supported for rates up to Ultra speeds The AIC7892 also supports cyclic redundancy check CRC codes an improvement over parity checking used earlier G 2 Compaq Personal Computers Original December 2000 53 G 3 1 G 3 2 G 4 Technical Reference Guide SCSI ADAPTER PROGRAMMING SCSI ADAPTER CONFIGURATION The Adaptec SCSI Host Adapter Card 15 a PCI device and configured using PCI protocol and PCI Configuration Space registers PCI addresses 00h FFh as discussed in Chapter 4 of this g
131. Matrox Millennium 6450 Graphics Card F 6 2 VIDEO FEATURE CONNECTOR The Video Feature connector allows a video peripheral such as a TV tuner card to provide video input to the graphics card This interface is compliant with VESA VIP specification 1 1 21 Y1 26 Y13 1 21 25 1213 Figure F 4 Feature Connector 26 Pin Header Table F 4 Video In Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 Z1 GND Ground 2 Y1 PO Pixel Data 0 3 Z2 GND Ground 4 Y2 P1 Pixel Data 1 5 23 GND Ground 6 P2 Pixel Data 2 7 24 HAD1 8 Y4 P3 Pixel Data 3 9 25 HADO External Sync 10 Y5 Pixel Data 4 11 26 HCTL External Clock 12 Y6 P5 Pixel Data 5 13 Z7 SCL Serial Clock 14 Y7 P6 Pixel Data 6 15 28 GND Ground 16 Y8 P7 Pixel Data 7 17 29 GND Ground 18 Y9 DCLK Pixel Data Clock 19 2710 GND Ground 20 Y10 NC Not Connected 21 Z11 GND Ground 22 Y11 NC Not Connected 23 212 VIRQ 24 Y12 25 213 SDA Serial Data 26 Y13 GND Ground 6 Compaq Personal Computers Original November 2000 Technical Reference Guide Appendix G COMPAQ ADAPTEC 29160N SCSI HOST ADAPTER G 1 INTRODUCTION The Compaq Adaptec 29160N SCSI Host Adapter Compaq SP 158364 001 is a PCI peripheral that provides high performance interfacing with compatible SCSI peripherals typically SCSI hard drives The card installs
132. O ERROR MESSAGES 3206 xx Table A 15 Audio Error Message Message Probable Cause 3206 xx Audio subsystem internal error 17 DVD CD ROM ERROR MESSAGES 33xx xx Table A 16 DVD CD ROM Drive Error Messages Message Probable Cause 3301 xx Drive test failed 3305 XX Seek test failed See Table A 18 for additional messages A 18 NETWORK INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 60xx xx Table A 17 Network Interface Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 6000 xx Pointing device interface error 6054 xx Token ring configuration test failed 6014 xx Ethernet configuration test failed 6056 xx Token ring reset test failed 6016 xx Ethernet reset test failed 6068 xx Token ring int loopback test failed 6028 xx Ethernet int loopback test failed 6069 xx Token ring ext loopback test failed 6029 xx Ethernet ext loopback test failed 6089 xx Token ring open A 10 Compaq Personal Computers Changed November 2000 Technical Reference Guide 19 SCSI INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 65 66xx xx 67xx xx Table A 18 SCSI Interface Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message X Probable Cause 02 Drive not installed 33 Illegal controller command 6nyy 03 Media not installed 34 Invalid SCSI bus phase 05 Seek failure 35 Invalid SCSI bus phase 6nyy 06 Drive timed out 36 Invalid SCSI bus phase
133. ON OF CODE EDH TIMING 5 16 RE 5 7 KEYBOARD OR POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE CONNECTOR ccce een rennen 5 21 RE 5 8 BLOCK DIAGRAM recette trente rie rer Hb via eren e 5 22 RE 5 9 USB PACKET 8 21124 0 0 1 202 0 0000010000000000000000050000000000000000500000 nn nnne 5 23 RE 5 10 UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS 2 2244 4 640000000000000000000000000000000004 5 25 RE 5 11 AUDIO SUBSYSTEM FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM cccccccsssccceessececeescececssececesseeecessseees 5 27 9 2 AC97 LINK BUS PROTOCOL tested ves 5 28 5 13 AD1881 AUDIO CODEC FUNCTIONAL BLOCK 020001 0 6 5 29 RE 5 14 NETWORK INTERFACE CONTROLLER BLOCK DIAGRAM 00 0012 0 3 0000 5 32 5 15 ETHERNET CONNECTOR RJ 45 VIEWED FROM CARD EDGE 5 36 RE 5 16 REMOTE SYSTEM ALERT IMPLEMENTATION GENERIC REPRESENTATION 5 37 RES IH4 RSA LOGIE BLOCK DIAGRAM 5 37 RE 6 1 815E BASED GRAPHICS BLOCK 4 91 00000000000001000000000000000 nnne een 6 2 6 2 82815 GMCH INTEGRATED GRAPHICS 5 5 8 1 0 000 0000000 000000000 6 3 RE 6 3 NVIDIA TNT2 PRO GRAPHICS SUB
134. PCI BUS TRANSACTIONS reniri Cote EEEE IH PER ERE 4 3 4 2 2 PCI BUS MASTER 4 6 4 2 3 OPTION ROM MAPPING ener A 4 7 4 2 4 PCIINTERR U PTS ertt 4 7 4 2 5 PCI POWER MANAGEMENT SUPPORT enning enne 4 7 4 2 6 PCI SUB BU SSES tiec ese iet dete die ede e I VI Ue E EI ERE REI RR 4 7 4 2 7 PCE CONFIGURATION 4 8 4 2 8 PCT CONNECTOR ren e PE S e EXPERS ache 4 9 43 AGPABUS OVERVIEW De qe ere qe e RE eq Euer 4 10 4 3 1 BUS TRANSACTIONS T ER e Pp e e Te 4 10 4 3 2 AGP CONFIGURATION eerte eterne ettet ettet en 4 13 4 3 3 tesi de eter Pn en 4 14 AA E Ee e UE rape 4 15 44 1 5 e ere toten 4 15 44 2 DIRECT MEMORY ette epe 4 19 4 5 SYSTEM CLOCK DISTRIBUTION 4 22 4 6 REAL TIME CLOCK AND CONFIGURATION 400 4 23 4 6 1 CLEARING CMOS HU 4 23 4 6 2 CMOS ARCHIVE AND 4 24 4 6 3 STANDARD CMOS LOCATIONS 4 24 47 SYSTEM MANAGEMENT tee rere
135. PT1 LPT2 etc and also must be enabled before it can be used When configured for EPP or ECP mode additional considerations must be taken into account Address selection enabling and EPP ECP mode parameters of the parallel interface are affected through the PnP configuration registers of the LPC47B357 I O controller Address selection and enabling are automatically done by the BIOS during POST but can also be accomplished with the Setup utility and other software The parallel interface configuration registers are listed in the following table Table 5 10 Parallel Interface Configuration Registers Index Reset Address Function R W Value 30h Activate R W 00h 60h Base Address MSB R W 00h 61h Base Address LSB R W 00h 70h Interrupt Select R W 00h 74h DMA Channel Select R W 04h FOh Mode Register R W 00h F1h Mode Register 2 R W 00h Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers5 13 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 5 4 2 Parallel Interface Control The BIOS function INT 17 provides simplified control of the parallel interface Basic functions such as initialization character printing and printer status are provide by subfunctions of INT 17 The parallel interface is controllable by software through a set of I O mapped registers The number and type of registers available depends on the mode used SPP EPP or ECP Table 5 11 lists the para
136. Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide The PCI interrupts can be configured by PCI Configuration Registers 60h 63h to share the standard ISA interrupts IRQn NOTE The APIC mode is supported by the Windows NT and Windows 2000 operating systems Systems running the Windows 95 or 98 operating system will need to run in 8259 mode Maskable Interrupt processing is controlled and monitored through standard AT type I O mapped registers These registers are listed in Table 4 9 Table 4 9 Maskable Interrupt Control Registers Port Register 020h Base Address Int Cntlr 1 021h Initialization Command Word 2 4 Int Cntlr 1 OAOh Base Address Int Cntlr 2 OA1h Initialization Command Word 2 4 Int Cntlr 2 The initialization and operation of the interrupt control registers follows standard AT type protocol 4 4 1 2 Non Maskable Interrupts Non maskable interrupts cannot be masked inhibited within the microprocessor itself but may be maskable by software using logic external to the microprocessor There are two non maskable interrupt signals the NMI and the SMI These signals have service priority over all maskable interrupts with the SMI having top priority over all interrupts including the NMI NMI Generation The Non Maskable Interrupt NMI signal can be generated by one of the following actions Parity errors detect
137. R SUPPLY ASSEMBLY CONTROL This system features a power supply assembly that is controlled through programmable logic Figure 7 1 Front Bezel System Backplane Board Power On Off L 9a Slots Chipsets Logic Power On E amp Voltage Regulators 110 230 VAC Mains 110 VAC 110 230 VAC 22 D Select SW gt 230 Drives Figure 7 1 Power Distribution and Control Block Diagram Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 7 1 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 7 Power Signal Distribution 7 1 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY The power supply assembly is contained in a single unit that features a selectable input voltage 90 132 VAC and 180 264 VAC Small Form Factor systems use a 120 watt supply while all other systems employ a 200 watt supply Tables 7 1 and 7 2 list the specifications of the power supplies Table 7 1 120 Watt Power Supply Assembly Specifications P N 165997 Range Min Current Max Surge Max Tolerance Loading 1 Current Current 2 Ripple Input Line Voltage 110 VAC Setting 90 132 220 Setting VAC 180 264 47 63 Hz Steady State Input Current 40 3 3 VDC Output 596 0 60A 11 0A 11 0A 50 mV 5 VDC Output 5 0 50A 11 0A 11 0A 65 mV 3 AUX Output 5 0 2
138. ROL 8 8 5 6 TABLE 5 6 34 PIN DISKETTE DRIVE CONNECTOR 5 7 TABLE 5 7 DB 9 SERIAL CONNECTOR 2 5 8 TABLE 5 8 SERIAL INTERFACE CONFIGURATION REGISTERS eese enne enne enne enne 5 9 TABLE 5 9 SERIAL INTERFACE CONTROL 5 6 5 10 TABLE 5 10 PARALLEL INTERFACE CONFIGURATION 5 5 13 TABLE 5 11 PARALLEL INTERFACE CONTROL 8 8 5 14 TABLE 5 12 DB 25 PARALLEL CONNECTOR PINOUT Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide TABLE 5 13 8042 TO KEYBOARD 8 222 2 00 2 6 000000000000 5 17 TABLE 5 14 KEYBOARD INTERFACE CONFIGURATION REGISTERS 5 18 TABLE 5 15 CPU COMMANDS TO THE 8042 5 20 TABLE 5 16 KEYBOARD POINTING DEVICE CONNECTOR PINOUT 4 20022 0000200000000 5 21 TABLE 5 17 USB INTERFACE CONFIGURATION REGISTERS 5 24 TABLE 5 18 USB CONTROL 1 tnn enne 5 24 TABLE 5 19 USB CONNECTOR PINOUT ccccsssscesssssecsessesecsssceceesnsecsesaeeecesssecseassec
139. Reserved Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 25 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support Configuration Byte 0Eh Diagnostic Status Default Value 00h This byte contains diagnostic status data Configuration Byte 0Fh System Reset Code Default Value 00h This byte contains the system reset code Configuration Byte 10h Diskette Drive Type Bit Function Valid values for bits lt 7 4 gt and bits lt 3 0 gt 0000 lt Not installed 0001 360 KB drive 0010 1 2 MB drive 0011 720 KB drive 0100 1 44 MB 1 25 MB drive 0110 2 88 MB drive all other values reserved Configuration Byte 12h Hard Drive Type Primary Controller 1 Hard Drive 1 Type 0000 lt none 0001 Type 1 0010 Type 2 0011 Type 3 0100 Type 4 0101 Type 5 0110 Type 6 0111 Type 7 0000 lt none 0001 Type 1 0010 Type 2 0011 Type 3 0100 4 0101 5 0110 Type 6 1000 Type 8 1001 Type 9 1010 Type 10 1011 lt Type 11 1100 12 1101 Type 13 1110 Type 14 1111 other use bytes 19h Primary Controller 1 Hard Drive 2 Type 1000 Type 8 1001 Type 9 1010 Type 10 1011 lt Type 11 1100 Type 12 1101 Type 13 1110 Type 14 0111 1111 other use bytes 1Ah 4 26 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fif
140. S The BIOS provides visual and audible indications of a failed system boot by using the keyboard LEDs and the system speaker The error conditions are as follows Table 8 2 Boot Error Codes Visual 1 Audible Meaning Num Lock LED blinks 1 short 2 long beeps System memory not present or incompatible Scroll Lock LED blinks 2 long 1 short beeps Hardware failure before graphics initialization Caps Lock LED blinks 1 long 2 short beeps X Graphics controller not present or failed to initialize Num Caps Scroll Lock LEDs 1 long short beeps ROM failure blink Num Caps Scroll Lock LEDs none Network service mode blink in sequence NOTE 1 Provided with PS 2 keyboard only Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 8 5 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 4 8 6 SETUP UTILITY The Setup utility stored in ROM allows the user to configure system functions involving security power management and system resources The Setup utility is ROM based and invoked when the F10 key is pressed during the time the F10 prompt is displayed in the lower right hand corner of the screen during the POST routine Highlights of the Setup utility are described in the following table NOTE Support for Computer Setup options may vary depending on your specific hardware configuration Table 8 3 Setup Utility Functions Heading Option File System Informatio
141. SYNC 5 1201 11 2 set to invalid 1205 02 Time out waiting for response 5 1201 12 DRVR RCVR control signal failure 1205 03 Data block retry limit reached 5 1201 13 UART control signal interrupt 1205 04 RX exceeded carrier lost limit failure 1201 14 DRVR RCVR data failure 1205 05 TX exceeded carrier lost limit 1201 15 Modem detection failure 1205 06 Time out waiting for dial tone 1201 16 Modem ROM checksum failure 1205 07 Dial number string too long 1201 17 Tone detect failure 1205 08 Modem time out waiting for remote response 1202 XX Modem internal test 1205 09 Modem exceeded maximum redial limit 1202 01 Time out waiting for SYNC 1 1205 10 Line quality prevented remote response 1202 02 Time out waiting for response 1 1205 11 Modem time out waiting for remote connection 1202 03 Data block retry limit reached 1 1206 XX Dial multi frequency tone test 1202 11 Time out waiting for SYNC 2 1206 17 Tone detection failure 1202 12 Time out waiting for response 2 1210 XX Modem direct connect test 1202 13 Data block retry limit reached 2 1210 01 Time out waiting for SYNC 6 1202 21 Time out waiting for SYNC 3 1210 02 Time out waiting for response 6 1202 22 Time out waiting for response 3 1210 03 Data block retry limit reached 6 1202 23 Data block retry limit reached 3 1210 04 RX exceeded carrier lost limit 1203 XX Modem external termination test 1210 05 TX exceeded carrier lost limit 1203 01 Modem external TIP RING failure 1210 06
142. SYSTEM eese enne ener ener 6 6 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers ix Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide FIGURE 7 1 POWER DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM 7 1 FIGURE 7 2 SMALL FORM FACTOR POWER CABLE DIAGRAM eere ener enne nennen 7 5 FIGURE 7 3 SLIM DESKTOP CONFIGURABLE MINITOWER POWER CABLE DIAGRAM ene 7 6 FIGURE 7 4 LOW VOLTAGE SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM eere nennen nennen nnns 7 7 FIGURE 7 5 SMALL FORM FACTOR SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM 2 11 2 00000000000 8318 enne 7 8 FIGURE 7 6 SLIM DESKTOP CONFIGURABLE MINITOWER SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM 7 9 FIGURE 7 7 HEADER PINQUIS teste ee tee Pie te tree edo eade 7 10 FIGURE B 1 ASCII CHARACTER 1 FIGURE 1 KEYSTROKE PROCESSING ELEMENTS BLOCK C 2 FIGURE 2 PS 2 KEYBOARD TO SYSTEM TRANSMISSION TIMING DIAGRAM ce C 3 FIGURE 3 U S ENGLISH 101 KEv KEYBOARD KEY 8 20 042 2 nee C 5 FIGURE C 4 NATIONAL 102 KEY KEYBOARD KEY POSITIONS C 5 FIGURE 5 U S ENGLISH WINDOWS 101 W KEv KEYBOARD KEY POSITIONS eene C 6 FIGURE C 6 NATIONAL WINDOWS 102W KEY KEYBOARD KEY POSITIONS eene C 6 FIGURE 7 7
143. Select 18 DD15 Data Bit 15 38 CS1 Chip Select 19 GND Ground 39 HDACTIVE Drive Active front panel LED 5 20 40 GND Ground NOTES 1 On UATA 33 and higher modes re defined as STOP 2 On UATA 33 and higher mode reads re defined as DMARDY On UATA 33 and higher mode writes re defined as STROBE 3 On UATA 33 and higher mode reads re defined as STROBE On UATA 33 and higher mode writes re defined as DMARDY 4 Primary connector wired to IRQ14 secondary connector wired to IRQ15 5 Pin 39 is used for spindle sync and drive activity becomes SPSYNC DACT when synchronous drives are connected Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 5 3 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 3 DISKETTE DRIVE INTERFACE The diskette drive interface supports up to two diskette drives each of which use a common cable connected to a standard 34 pin diskette drive connector All models come standard with a 3 5 inch 1 44 MB diskette drive installed as drive A The drive designation is determined by which connector is used on the diskette drive cable The drive attached to the end connector is drive A while the drive attached to the second next to the end connector is drive B On all models the diskette drive interface function is integrated into the LPC47B357 super I O component The internal logic of the I O controller is software compatible with
144. Specific applications that can benefit from MMX technology include 2D 3D graphics audio speech recognition video codecs and data compression These systems support the Celeron processors listed in the following table Table 3 1 Celeron Processor Statistical Comparison L2 Cache FSB Core Voltage System Bd Processor Size Speed VccP Support Celeron 566 600 MHz 128 KB 66 MHz 1 50 VDC 1 Celeron 633 766MHz 128 KB 66 MHz 1 65 VDC 1 Celeron 800 MHz 1 10 GHz 128 KB 100 MHz 1 70 VDC 2 Celeron 1 2 GHz 256 KB 100 MHz 1 475 VDC 2 Celeron 1 3 GHz 256 KB 100 MHz 1 50 VDC 2 NOTES 1 Supported by all system board PCA s Supported by system board 5 011305 011308 011311 only 3 2 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 3 2 2 PENTIUM Ill PROCESSOR The Pentium III processor s architecture Figure 3 3 includes the same core functionality as described previously for the Celeron processor but includes a larger 8 way set associative L2 ECC cache additional processing features and higher processing speeds Pentium 111 Core processing speed Host bus speed Figure 3 3 Pentium III Processor Internal Architecture The following table lists the key statistics of supported Pentium III processors Table 3 2 Pentium 111 Processor Statistical Comparison Part Core L
145. T ERR Ee RN UE DAN ti epe e pee eb F 5 F 6 1 MONITOR CONNECTOR F 5 APPENDIX COMPAQ ADAPTEC SCSI HOST ADAPTER cccsssssssssssscssrcssecssrcsesscsseeseseseseeees JINTRODU GTION i RA opC Hore Idee G 1 0 2 FUNCTIONAL enne nenne nne o nein nre itn enn enne G 2 63 SCSI ADAPTER G 3 G 3 1 SCSI ADAPTER eiii G 3 G 3 2 SCSL ADAPTER CONEROL e nre rtt ttt re een teet iter ets G 3 0 4 G 3 G 5 tee HE ERAT PEE ge G 4 G 5 1 EXTERNAL 50 PIN ULTRA SCSI CONNECTOR G 4 G 5 2 INTERNAL 50 PIN ULTRA SCSI CONNECTOR G 5 G 5 3 INTERNAL 68 PIN ULTRA160 SCSI CONNECTOR G 6 vii Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU Technical Reference Guide LIST OF FIGURES RE 2 1 COMPAQ DESKPRO PERSONAL COMPUTERS WITH MONITORS 2 1 RE 2 2 COMPAQ DESKPROS
146. Technical Reference Guide For Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Covers Evo D500 Deskpro EN and Deskpro Workstation AP230 Models Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium Processors And the Intel 815E Chipset COMPAQ This document is designed to fit into a standard 3 ring binder Provided below is a title block that can be copied and or cut out and placed into a slip or taped onto the edge of the binder COMPAQ Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors TRG and the Intel 815E Chipset Technical Reference Guide NOTICE 2002 Compaq Information Technologies Group L P Compaq logo Deskpro and Evo are trademarks of the Compaq Information Technologies Group L P iPAQ is a trademark of Compaq Information Technologies Group L P in the United States and other countries Microsoft MS DOS Windows Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Intel Pentium Intel Inside and Celeron are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U S and or other countries The Open Group Motif OSF 1 UNIX the X device and IT DialTone are trademarks of The Open Group in the U S and other countries other product names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies Compaq shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein The information in this document is provide
147. This guide uses standard Intel naming conventions in discussing the microprocessor s CPU internal registers Registers that are accessed through programmable I O using an indexing scheme are indicated using the following format 03C5 17h Index port Data port In the example above register 03C5 17h 15 accessed by writing the index port value 17h to the index address 03C4h followed by a write to or a read from port 03C5h BIT NOTATION AND BYTE VALUES Bit designations are labeled between brackets 1 bit 0 gt Binary values are shown with the most significant bit MSb on the far left least significant bit LSb at the far right Byte values in hexadecimal are also shown with the MSB on the left LSB on the right Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 1 3 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 1 Introduction 1 6 COMMON ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS Table 1 1 lists the acronyms and abbreviations used in this guide Table 1 1 Acronyms and Abbreviations Acronym Abbreviation Description A ampere AC alternating current ACPI Advanced Configuration and Power Interface A D analog to digital AGP Accelerated graphics port API application programming interface APIC Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller APM advanced power management AOL Ale
148. Time out waiting for dial tone 1203 02 Modem external data TIP RING fail 1210 07 Dial number string too long 1203 03 Modem line termination failure 1210 08 Modem time out waiting for remote response 1204 XX Modem auto originate test 1210 09 Modem exceeded maximum redial limit 1204 01 Time out waiting for SYNC 4 1210 10 Line quality prevented remote response 1204 02 Time out waiting for response 4 1210 11 Modem time out waiting for remote connection NOTES 1 Local loopback mode 2 Analog loopback originate mode 3 Analog loopback answer mode 4 Modem auto originate test 5 Modem auto answer test 6 Modem direct connect test Compaq Personal Computers A 7 Changed November 2000 Appendix Error Messages and Codes A 12 SYSTEM STATUS ERROR MESSAGES 16xx xx Table A 11 System Status Error Messages Message Probable Cause 1601 xx Temperature violation 1611 xx Fan failure A 13 HARD DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES 17xx xx Table A 12 Hard Drive Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 17xx 01 Exceeded max soft error limit 17xx 51 Failed read test 17xx 02 Exceeded max Hard error limit 17xx 52 Failed file compare test 17xx 03 Previously exceeded max soft error limit 17xx 53 Failed drive head register test 17xx 04 Previously exceeded max hard error limit 17xx 54 Failed digital input register test 17xx 05 Failed to rese
149. Timeout index to SIT timeout record Configuration Byte 2Bh System Inactivity Timeout Default Value 23h 7 6 5 Power Conservation Boot 00 Reserved 01 PC on 10 PC off 11 Reserved 4 0 System Inactive Timeout Index to SIT system timeout record 00000 Disabled Configuration Byte 2Ch ScreenSave and NUMLOCK Control Default Value 00h Bit Function 00 O Numlock Control 0 Numlock off at power on 1 Numlock on at power on 0 No screen blank 1 Screen blank w QuickLock 4 0 ScreenSave Timeout Index to SIT monitor timeout record 000000 Disabled Screen Blank Control 4 30 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Configuration Byte 2Dh Additional Flags Default Value 00h Bit Function 4 Memory Test 0 Test memory on power up only 1 Test memory on warm boot 3 POST Error Handling BIOS Defined 0 Display Press F1 to Continue on error 1 Skip F1 message Configuration Byte 2Eh 2Fh Checksum These bytes hold the checksum of bytes 10h to 2Dh Configuration Byte 30h 31h Total Extended Memory Tested This location holds the amount of system memory that checked good during the POST Configuration Byte 32h Century This location holds the Century value in a binary coded decimal BCD format Configuration Byte 33h Miscellaneous Flags Defaul
150. To re enable the password feature repeat steps 1 6 replacing the jumper on pins 1 and 2 of header E49 Setup Password The Setup utility may be configured to be always changeable or changeable only by entering a password The password is held on CMOS and if forgotten will require that CMOS be cleared refer to section 4 6 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 33 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support 4 7 1 3 Cable Lock Provision These systems include a chassis cutout on the rear panel for the attachment of a cable lock mechanism 47 1 4 Interface Security The serial parallel USB and diskette interfaces may be disabled individually through the Setup utility to guard against unauthorized access to a system In addition the ability to write to or boot from a removable media drive such as the diskette drive may be enabled through the Setup utility The disabling of the serial parallel and diskette interfaces are a function of the LPC47B357 I O controller The USB ports are controlled through the 82801 2 4 7 1 5 Chassis Security The Small Form Factor and Slim Desktop systems feature Smart Cover hood Sensor and Smart Cover hood Lock mechanisms to inhibit unauthorized tampering of the system unit Smart Cover Sensor The Small Form Factor and Slim Desktop systems include a plunger switch that when the cover hood
151. URE G 5 ULTRA 160 SCSI CONNECTOR 68 PIN HEADER G 6 X Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide LIST OF TABLES TABLE 1 1 ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS 1 3 TABLE 2 1 FEATURE DIFFERENCE MATRIKX cccccccsssscecssscecesssssecsessececsecsecesseeecsessececesseceesaseessesaeeesensaeens 2 2 2 2 ee Ies 2 16 TABLE 2 3 SUPPORT COMPONENT 8 22 2 2 2 2 2 2 60000000000000000050050000550 2 16 TABLE 2 4 GRAPHICS SUBSYSTEM 0000 0 2 18 TABLE 2 5 ENVIRONMENTAL 86 2 4244 4 4000 0400000000805000 lt 7 4 2 19 TABLE 2 6 ELECTRICAL 8 2 2 4224 2 400400 010400000 0000000000500000050 2 19 TABLE 2 7 PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS eerte Sec Ro 2 20 TABLE 2 8 DISKETTE DRIVE 8 2 2 2 0 222 2 000000000 600000 000000000000050000500 2 20 TABLE 2 9 48X CD ROM DRIVE SPECIFICATIONS
152. a Bus 16 MB emory Video SGRAM Scalar CRT Controller VSync Analog 2D VGA 3D Array HSync Monitor Engine Engine RGB Connector DAC BIOS ROM Figure D 2 NVIDIA TNT2 Pro Graphics Card Block diagram The NVIDIA TNT2 Pro Graphics Card includes the following features 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 16 SGRAM frame buffer using 128 bit 166 MHz access AGP 4X transfers with sideband addressing 2D drawing engine 3D rendering engine 300 MHz RAMDAC 32 bit Z stencil buffer eliminates hidden screen portions for faster loading 32 bit color for increased image quality 30 fps full screen DVD playback Dual monitor support with a PCI graphics card D 2 Compaq Personal Computers Original July 2000 Technical Reference Guide D 3 DISPLAY MODES The graphics display modes supported by the NVIDIA TNT2 Pro Graphics are listed in Table D 1 1 NVIDIA TNT2 Pro Graphics Display Modes Resolution Bits per pixel Color Depth Max Refresh Frequency Hz 640 x 480 8 256 85 640 x 480 16 65K 85 640 x 480 24 16 7M 85 800 x 600 8 256 85 800 x 600 16 65K 85 800 x 600 24 16 7M 85 1024 x 768 8 256 85 1024 x 768 16 65K 85 1024 x 768 24 16 7M 85 1152 x 864 8 256 85 1152 x 864 16 65K 85 1152 x 864 24 16 7M 85 1280 x 1024 8 256 85 1280 x 1024 16 65K 85 1280 x 1024 24 16 7M 85 1600 x 1200 8 256 85 1600 x 1200 16 65K 85 160
153. a time 4 2 1 2 Configuration Cycles Devices on the PCI bus must comply with PCI protocol that allows configuration of that device by software In this system configuration mechanism 1 as described in the PCI Local Bus specification Rev 2 1 is employed This method uses two 32 bit registers for initiating a configuration cycle for accessing the configuration space of a PCI device The configuration address register CONFIG_ADDRESS at OCF8h holds a value that specifies the PCI bus PCI device and specific register to be accessed The configuration data register CONFIG_DATA at OCFCh contains the configuration data PCI Configuration Address Register PCI Configuration Data Register Port OCF8h R W 32 bit access only Port OCFCh R W 8 16 32 bit access Bit Function Bit Function 31 Configuration Enable 31 0 Configuration Data 0 Disabled 1 Enable 30 24 Reserved read write Os 23 16 Bus Number Selects PCI bus 15 11 Device Number Selects device for access 10 8 Function Number Selects function of selected device Register Index Specifies config reg Configuration Cycle Type ID 00 Type 0 01 Type 1 7 2 1 0 Compaq and Evo Personal Computers 4 3 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support 4 4 Two types of configuration cycles are used A Type 0
154. able 7 Video Graphics Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 501 01 Video controller test failed 508 01 320x200 mode color set 0 test failed 502 01 Video memory test failed 509 01 320x200 mode color set 1 test failed 503 01 Video attribute test failed 510 01 640x200 mode test failed 504 01 Video character set test failed 511 01 Screen memory page test failed 505 01 80x25 mode 9x14 cell test failed 512 01 Gray scale test failed 506 01 80x25 mode 8x8 cell test failed 514 01 White screen test failed 507 01 40x25 mode test failed 516 01 Noise pattern test failed See Table A 14 for additional graphics messages Compaq Personal Computers 5 Changed November 2000 Appendix Error Messages and Codes A 9 DISKETTE DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES 6xx xx Table A 8 Diskette Drive Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 6xx 01 Exceeded maximum soft error limit 6xx 20 Failed to get drive type 6xx 02 Exceeded maximum hard error limit 6xx 21 Failed to get change line status 6 03 Previously exceeded max soft limit 6xx 22 Failed to clear change line status 6xx 04 Previously exceeded max hard limit 6xx 23 Failed to set drive type in ID media 6xx 05 Failed to reset controller 6xx 24 Failed to read diskette media 6xx 06 Fatal error while reading 6xx 25 Failed to verify diskette media 6xx 07 Fatal error while writing 6xx 26 Failed to read media in speed test 6xx 08 Fail
155. al Computers 8 7 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM Table 8 3 Setup Utility Functions Continued Headin Option Description Storage DPS Self Test Allows user to execute self tests on IDE hard drives continued capable of performing the Drive Protection System DPS self tests Note This selection will only appear when at least one drive capable of performing the IDE DPS self tests is attached to the system Boot Order Allows user to specify the order in which attached peripheral devices such as diskette drive hard drive CD ROM or network interface card are checked for a bootable operating system image Each device on the list may be individually excluded from or included for consideration as a bootable operating system source Note MS DOS drive lettering assignments may not apply after a non MS DOS operating system has started To boot one time from a device other than the default device specified in Boot Order restart the computer and press F9 when the F10 Setup message appears on the screen When POST is completed a list of bootable devices is displayed Use the arrow keys to select a device and press the Enter key Security Setup Password Allows user to set and enable setup administrator password Note If the setup password is set it is required to change Computer Setup options flash the ROM and make changes to certain plug and play settings under Wi
156. al Ultra SCSI Connector 50 pin Table G 3 External Ultra SCSI Connector Pinout Pin Signal Function Pin Signal Function 1 GND Ground 26 DBO Data Bit 0 2 GND Ground 27 DB1 Data Bit 1 3 GND Ground 28 DB2 Data Bit 2 4 GND Ground 29 DB3 Data Bit 3 5 GND Ground 30 DB4 Data Bit 4 6 GND Ground 31 DB5 Data Bit 5 7 GND Ground 32 DB6 Data Bit 6 8 GND Ground 33 DB7 Data Bit 7 9 GND Ground 34 DBP Data Bus Pulse 10 GND Ground 35 GND Ground 11 GND Ground 36 GND Ground 12 GND Ground 37 GND Ground 13 RSVD Reserved 38 TERMPWR _ Termination Power 14 GND Ground 39 GND Ground 15 GND Ground 40 GND Ground 16 GND Ground 41 ATN Attention 17 GND Ground 42 GND Ground 18 GND Ground 43 BSY Busy 19 GND Ground 44 ACK Acknowledge 20 GND Ground 45 SBRST Burst 21 GND Ground 46 MSG Message Activity 22 GND Ground 47 SEL Select 23 GND Ground 48 C D Control Data Transfer Indicator 24 GND Ground 49 REQ Request 25 GND Ground 50 1 Input Output Indicator G 4 Compaq Personal Computers Original December 2000 G 5 2 INTERNAL 50 ULTRA SCSI CONNECTOR Technical Reference Guide The card provides one internal 50 pin header type Ultra SCSI connector Internal cabling to this connector should consists of an unshielded connector with a 50 conductor flat cable as specified in ANSI standard X3T9 2 375R Pin 49 Pin 50 Pin 1
157. ally installable will not work in these systems 2 14 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 2 4 1 1 Celeron Processor The Celeron processor provides economical performance and is compatible with software written for previous generation processors such as Pentium II Pentium MMX Pentium and x86 processors Featuring a Pentium type core architecture the Celeron processor integrates a dual ALU CPU with a floating point unit 32 KB first level cache and 128 or 256 KB second level cache all of which operate at full processing CPU speed The Celeron processor includes MMX technology for enhanced multimedia performance and on 566 MHz and faster versions include streaming SIMD extensions SSE for enhancing 3D graphics and speech processing performance These systems support a Celeron processor of up to 700 MHz with a 66 MHz front side bus FSB or up to a 1 3 MHz processor with a 100 MHz FSB 2 4 1 2 Pentium Processor The Intel Pentium III processor offers maximum performance for select Compaq Deskpros The Pentium III processor is compatible with software written for Celeron Pentium II Pentium MMX Pentium and x86 processors Standard configurations include processors of 667 MHz up to 1 20 GHz depending on model The Pentium III processor core integrates a dual ALU CPU with a floating point unit a 32 KB first level
158. als VID3 0 by the processor The possible voltages available are listed as follows VID 3 0 VccP VID 3 0 VccP 0000 2 05 VDC 1000 1 65 VDC 0001 2 00 VDC 1001 1 60 VDC 0010 1 95 VDC 1010 1 55 VDC 0011 1 90 VDC 1011 1 50 VDC 0100 1 85 VDC 1100 1 45 VDC 0101 1 80 VDC 1101 1 40 VDC 0110 1 75 VDC 1110 1 35 VDC 0111 1 70 VDC 1111 1 30 VDC Refer to Chapter 3 for a listing of the core voltages set by the Celeron Table 3 1 and Pentium III Table 3 2 processors Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 7 7 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 7 Power Signal Distribution 7 3 SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION Figures 7 4 and 7 5 show general signal distribution between the main subassemblies of the system units L R Audio CD Audio Conn P7 Riser Card PCA 010636 Solenoid System Board Power Supply PCA 010633 Conn P1 010700 011035 Assembly 011308 or 011311 Pri IDE Conn P20 5 12 VDC CD ROM IDE I F Sec IDE Conn P21 5 12 VDC CD Audio L R Audio Conn P7 Dsk I F Diskette Drive Dsk Conn P10 5 12 VDC Mouse Conn J67 Kybd Conn J66 Keyboard
159. apter includes the following topics 9 9 9 9 9 9 ROM flashing 8 2 page 8 2 Boot functions 8 3 page 8 4 Setup utility 8 4 page 8 6 Client management functions 8 5 page 8 13 PnP support 8 6 page 8 15 Power management functions 8 7 page 8 17 USB legacy support 8 8 page 8 24 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 8 1 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 2 8 2 1 ROM FLASHING The system BIOS firmware is contained in a flash ROM device that can be re written with BIOS code using the ROMPAQ utility or a remote flash program allowing easy upgrading including changing the splash screen displayed during the POST routine UPGRADING Upgrading the BIOS is not normally required but may be necessary 1f changes are made to the unit s operating system hard drive or processor All BIOS ROM upgrades are available directly from Compaq Flashing is done either locally with a ROMPaq diskette or remotely using the network boot function described in the section 8 3 2 This system includes 64 KB of write protected boot block ROM that provides a way to recover from a failed remote flashing of the system BIOS ROM If the BIOS ROM fails the flash check the boot block code provides the minimum amount of support necessary to allow booting the system from the diskette drive and re flashing the system ROM with a ROMPAQ diskette Note that 1f an administrator password ha
160. aq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 5 3 2 DISKETTE DRIVE CONNECTOR Technical Reference Guide This system uses a standard 34 pin connector refer to Figure 5 2 and Table 5 6 for the pinout for diskette drives Drive power 15 supplied through a separate connector Figure 5 2 34 Pin Diskette Drive Connector Table 5 6 34 Pin Diskette Drive Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 GND Ground 18 DIR Drive head direction control 2 LOW DEN Low density select 19 GND Ground 3 20 Drive head track step control 4 MEDIA ID Media identification 21 GND Ground 5 GND Ground 22 WR DATA Write data 6 DRV 4 SEL Drive 4 select 23 GND Ground 7 GND Ground 24 WRENABLE Enable for WR DATA 8 INDEX Media index is detected 25 GND Ground 9 GND Ground 26 TRK 00 Heads at track 00 indicator 10 MTR 1 ON Activates drive motor 27 GND Ground 11 GND Ground 28 WR PRTK Media write protect status 12 DRV 2 SEL Drive 2 select 29 GND Ground 13 GND Ground 30 RD DATA Data and clock read off disk 14 DRV 1 SEL Drive 1 select 31 GND Ground 15 GND Ground 32 SIDE SEL Head select side O or 1 16 MTR 2 ON Activates drive motor 33 GND Ground 17 GND Ground 34 DSK CHG Drive door opene
161. aq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers xiii Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide This page is intentionally blank Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 ABOUT THIS GUIDE This guide provides technical information about Compaq Evo Deskpro EN and Deskpro Workstation AP230 Personal Computers that feature Intel Celeron or Pentium III processors and the Intel 815E chipset This document describes in detail the system s design and operation for programmers engineers technicians and system administrators as well as end users wanting detailed information The chapters of this guide primarily describe the hardware and firmware elements and primarily deal with the system board and the power supply assembly The appendices contain general data such as error codes and information about standard peripheral devices such as keyboards graphics cards and communications adapters This guide can be used either as an online document or in hardcopy form ONLINE VIEWING Online viewing allows for quick navigating and convenient searching through the document A color monitor will also allow the user to view the color shading used to highlight differential data A softcopy of the latest edition of this guide is available for downloadin
162. at a Normal Caution or Critical condition DRIVE FAULT PREDICTION The Compaq BIOS directly supports Drive Fault Prediction for IDE type hard drives This feature is provided through two Client Management BIOS calls Function INT 15 AX E817h is used to retrieve a 512 byte block of drive attribute data while the INT 15 AX E81Bh is used to retrieve the drive s warranty threshold data If data 1s returned indicating possible failure then the following message 1s displayed 1720 SMART Hard Drive detects imminent failure PNP SUPPORT The BIOS includes Plug n Play PnP support for PnP version 1 0A Table 8 5 lists the PnP functions supported Table 8 5 PnP BIOS Functions Function Register 00h Get number of system device nodes 01h Get system device node 02h Set system device node 03h Get event 04h Send message 50h Get SMBIOS Structure Information 51h Get Specific SMBIOS Structure The BIOS call INT 15 AX E841h BH 01h can be used by an application to retrieve the default settings of PnP devices for the user The application should use the following steps for the display function 1 Call PnP function 01 get System Device Node for each devnode with bit 1 of the control flag set get static configuration and save the results 2 Call INT 15 AX E841h BH 01h 3 Call PnP Get Static Configuration for each devnode and display the defaults 4 Ifthe user chooses to save the configuration no further ac
163. b MSb Bit 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 ex ET LT EL LI LI LI LI LI LI Ld Th Toy Tch Tss Tsh Parameter Minimum Maximum Tcy Cycle Time 0 us 80 us Tcl Clock Low 25 us 35 us Tch Clock High 25 us 45 us Th Data Hold 0 us 25 us Tss Stop Bit Setup 8 us 20 us Tsh Stop Bit Hold 15 us 25 us Figure 5 6 8042 To Keyboard Transmission of Code EDh Timing Diagram 5 16 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Control of the data and clock signals is shared by the 8042and the keyboard depending on the originator of the transferred data Note that the clock signal is always generated by the keyboard After the keyboard receives a command from the 8042 the keyboard returns an ACK code Ifa parity error or timeout occurs a Resend command is sent to the 8042 Table 5 13 lists and describes commands that can be issued by the 8042 to the keyboard Table 5 13 8042 To Keyboard Commands Command Value Description Set Reset Status Indicators EDh Enables LED indicators Value EDh is followed by an option byte that specifies the indicator as follows Bits lt 7 3 gt not used Bit 2 Caps Lock 0 off 1 on Bit 12 NUM Lock 0 off 1 on Bit 0 Scroll Lock 0 off 1 on Echo EEh Keyboard returns EEh when previously enabled
164. bus expansion connectors 20 Secondary IDE connector 3 AOL SOS connector 21 Primary IDE connector 4 Riser card connector 22 Diskette drive connector 5 PS 2 mouse connector 23 CD ROM audio connector right angle 6 PS 2 keyboard connector 24 CD ROM audio connector vertical 7 Monitor connector 25 Headphone output jack 3 8 Top USB port B Bottom USB port A 26 Microphone input jack 3 9 Serial port COM2 connector 27 speaker 4 10 Network interface connector 28 CMOS battery 11 Parallel port LPT1 connector 29 Processor socket 12 Audio line in jack 3 30 Hard drive activity LED 13 Audio line out jack 3 31 Power button 14 Serial port COM1 header 1 32 Power LED 15 Smart Cover Lock solenoid connector 33 DIMM sockets 16 Firmware Hub BIOS ROM 34 CMOS memory clear button 17 Password jumper 2 35 Smart Cover Sensor switch 18 Speaker connector 3 NOTES L NVIDIA graphics components installed on 010633 and 011308 only 1 Header connects to COM1 DB 9 connector on I O panel via cable assembly 2 Jumper installed password enabled Jumper removed password is cleared 3 Not installed on 011035 4 Installed on PCA 011035 only Figure 2 7 Small Form Factor Board Layouts 2 10 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide
165. cache and a 256 KB second level cache all operating at CPU speed The Pentium III processor includes MMX technology for enhanced multimedia performance Also included are 70 additional streaming SIMD extensions SSE for enhancing 3D graphics and speech processing performance The Pentium III processor also includes the following features Improved speculative instruction processing Identification number Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers2 15 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 4 2 CHIPSET The Intel 815E chipset consists of a Graphics Memory Controller Hub GMCH an enhanced I O controller hub 2 and a firmware hub FWH Table 2 2 lists the integrated functions provided by the chipset Component Type 82815 GMCH Table 2 2 815E Chipset Functions Function AGP 4X interface Direct AGP graphics controller SDRAM controller supporting 3 PC133 DIMMs 66 100 133 MHz FSB 82801BA ICH2 PCI bus I F LPC bus I F SMBus I F IDE I F with UATA 100 support AC 97 controller RTC CMOS IRQ controller Power management logic USB I F 2 Network interface controller 82802 FWH Loaded with Compag BIOS Random number generator 2 4 3 SUPPORT COMPONENTS Input output functions not provided by the chipset are handled by other support components Some of these components also provide housekeeping and various other functions
166. cal page holding entry point as well as the immediately following physical page It must have the same base CS is execute read DS Data selector set to encompass the physical page holding entry point as well as the immediately following physical page It must have the same base DS is read only SS Stack selector must provide at least 1K of stack space and be 32 bit permissions must be provided so that the BIOS can support as necessary AL Return code 00h requested service is present 80h requested service is not present 81h un implemented function specified in BL 86h and 1 function not supported EBX Physical address to use as the selector BASE for the service ECX Value to use as the selector LIMIT for the service EDX lt Entry point for the service relative to the BASE returned in EBX The following subsections provide a brief description of key Client Management functions Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers8 13 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 5 1 SYSTEM ID AND ROM TYPE Applications can use the INT 15 AX E800h BIOS function to identify the type of system This function will return the system ID in the BX register These systems have the following IDs and ROM family types System System ID ROM Family PnP ID Small Form Factor w 815E based graphics 688h 686P2 CPQ0004 w NVIDIA graphics 680h 686P3 CPQ0003 Slim De
167. ccurrence of a magic packet serial port ring or PCI power management PME event These events can be individually enabled through the Setup utility to wake up the system from a sleep low power state NOTE Wake up functionality requires that certain circuits receive auxiliary power Tax while the system is turned off The system unit must be plugged into a live AC outlet for wake up events to function Using an AC power strip to control system unit power will disable wake up event functionality The wake up sequence for each event occurs as follows Wake On LAN The network interface controller NIC can be configured for detection of a Magic Packet and wake the system up from sleep mode through the assertion of the PME signal on the PCI bus Refer to Chapter 5 Network Support for more information Modem Ring A ring condition on serial port A COM1 or serial port 2 can be detected by the power control logic and if so configured cause the PS On signal to be asserted Power Management Event A power management event that asserts the PME signal on the PCI bus can be enabled to cause the power control logic to generate the PS On Note that the PCI card must be PCI ver 2 2 compliant to support this function 7 4 Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 7 2 POWER DISTRIBUTION 7 2 1 3 3 5 12
168. ceive frames independently and concurrently Receive runt under sized frames are not passed on as faulty data but discarded by the controller which also directly handles such errors as collision detection or data under run The NIC uses 3 3 VDC auxiliary power which allows the controller to support Wake On LAN WOL and Alert On LAN AOL functions while the main system is powered down 5 32 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 5 9 1 5 9 2 Technical Reference Guide NOTE For the WOL and AOL features to function as described in the following paragraphs the system unit must be plugged into a live AC outlet Controlling unit power through a switchable power strip will with the strip turned off disable WOL and AOL functionality WAKE ON LAN SUPPORT The NIC supports the Wired for Management WfM standard of Wake On LAN WOL that allows the system to be booted up from a powered down or low power condition upon the detection of special packets received over a network The NIC receives 3 3 VDC auxiliary power while the system unit is powered down in order to process special packets The detection of a Magic Packet by the NIC results in the PME signal on the PCI bus to be asserted initiating system wake up from an ACPI S1 or S3 state ALERT ON LAN SUPPORT Alert On LAN AOL support allows the NIC to communicate the occurrence of certain events
169. counter Software should clear the button status bit within four seconds and the Suspend state is entered If the status bit is not cleared by software in four seconds PS On is de asserted and the power supply assembly shuts down this operation is meant as a guard if the OS is hung Pressed and Held At least Four Seconds Before Release If the button is held in for at least four seconds and then released PS On is negated de activating the power supply 7 1 2 2 Power LED Indications A dual color LED is used to indicate system power status The front panel bezel power LED provides a visual indication of key system conditions listed as follows Power LED Condition Steady green Normal full on operation SO Blinking green 1 Hz Suspend mode S1 Blinking green 2 Hz Sleep suspend to RAM state S3 Blinking green 5 Hz Sleep suspend to Disk state S4 Steady red Processor not seated Blinks red 2 Hz Power supply crowbar activated Blinks red 1 Hz BIOS ROM error Blinks red 4 Hz Thermal condition processor has overheated and shut down later systems using PCA s 011305 011308 or 011311 power done for this condition Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 7 3 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Chapter 7 Power Signal Distribution 7 1 2 3 Wake Up Events The PS On signal be activated with a power wake up of the system due to the o
170. cs is facilitated by replacing the existing nVIDIA graphics card with another AGP graphics adapter card During POST the BIOS will detect the presence of the AGP graphics adapter in the AGP slot and inhibit the integrated controller of the 82815 GMCH Dual monitor support is possible by adding a PCI graphics card Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 6 7 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 6 Embedded Graphics Subsystems 6 4 MONITOR POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL The embedded graphics controllers provide monitor power control for monitors that conform to the VESA display power management signaling DPMS protocol This protocol defines different power consumption conditions and uses the HSYNC and VSYNC signals to select a monitor s power condition Table 6 4 lists the monitor power conditions Table 6 4 Monitor Power Management Conditions HSYNC VSYNC Power Mode Description Active Active On Monitor is completely powered up If activated the inactivity counter counts down during system inactivity and if allowed to tiemout generates an SMI to initiate the Suspend mode Active Inactive Suspend Monitor s high voltage section is turned off and CRT heater filament voltage is reduced from 6 6 to 4 4 VDC The Off mode inactivity timer counts down from the preset value and if allowed to timeout another SMI is generated and serviced resulting in the monitor being placed into the Off mode
171. d as is without warranty of any kind and is subject to change without notice The warranties for Compaq products are set forth in the express limited warranty statements accompanying such products Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty For more information regarding specifications and Compaq specific parts please contact Compaq Computer Corporation Technical Reference Guide for Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers First Edition July 2000 Second Edition September 2000 Third Edition April 2001 Fourth Edition October 2001 Fifth Edition March 2002 Document Number 12YJ 0502C WWEN Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 i Technical Reference Guide ii Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 0 404 4 4 notos tasas tassa sta sosta seta Lb ABOUT THISGUIDE onem aet Peer ee Pav de gie 1 1 1 1 1 ONLINE VIEWING enr tetro re qe e EAR Dav cues te pe eris 1 1 14 2 HARDCOPY RAO ote 1 2 1 2 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SOURCES eene ennemi enne enne 1 2 13 MODEL NUMBERING CONVENTION 2 1 cecinere nnne enne 1 2 14 SERA CNU MB R
172. d Acronym Abbreviation Description in inch INT interrupt input output IPL initial program loader IrDA InfraRed Data Association IRQ interrupt request ISA industry standard architecture Kb KB kilobits kilobytes x 1024 bits x 1024 bytes Kb s kilobits per second kg kilogram KHz kilohertz kV kilovolt Ib pound LAN local area network LCD liquid crystal display LED light emitting diode LPC Low pin count LSI large scale integration LSb LSB least significant bit least significant byte LUN logical unit SCSI m Meter MCH Memory controller hub MMX multimedia extensions MPEG Motion Picture Experts Group ms millisecond MSb MSB most significant bit most significant byte mux multiplex MVA motion video acceleration MVW motion video window n variable parameter value NIC network interface card controller NiMH nickel metal hydride NMI non maskable interrupt NRZI Non return to zero inverted ns nanosecond NT nested task flag NTSC National Television Standards Committee NVRAM non volatile random access memory OS operating system PAL 1 programmable array logic 2 phase alternating line PC Personal computer PCA Printed circuit assembly PCI peripheral component interconnect PCM pulse code modulation PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card International Association Continued 1 6 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edi
173. d A a hey 8 23 A APPENDIX A ERROR MESSAGES AND CODES wisssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssscssssssssssssssssssssesssssseesses AJ INTRODUCTION utet nc Se tn ence 1 2 BBEPIKEYBOARD LED CODES 425 patto on e neq brc ac ta et ti 1 SELF TEST POST MESSAGES ttt A 2 4 SYSTEM ERROR MESSAGES 1 A 3 A 5 MEMORY ERROR MESSAGES 2XX XX ccrte ttt ttti 4 A 6 KEYBOARD ERROR MESSAGES 30X XX 4 A 7 PRINTER ERROR MESSAGES 4XX XX A 5 A 8 VIDEO GRAPHICS ERROR MESSAGES SXX XX cette A 5 A 9 DISKETTE DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES 6XX XX ettet A 6 A 10 SERIAL INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES A 6 COMMUNICATIONS ERROR MESSAGES 12XX XX cce A 7 A 12 SYSTEM STATUS ERROR MESSAGES 16XX XX cct A 8 vi Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide A 13 HARD DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES 17 A 8 14 HARD DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES 19 A 9 A 15 VIDEO GRAPHICS ERROR MESSAGES 24XX XX esses A 9 16 AUDIO ERROR MESSAGES 3206 1 24 00000400000 0000000 A 10 A 17 DVD CD ROM ERROR MESSAGES 3
174. d PCI Device Identification PCI Device Vendor ID Device ID 82815 GMCH Memory Controller 8086h 1130h AGP Bridge 8086h 1131h Direct AGP Controller 8086h 1132h 82801 2 PCI Bridge 8086h 244Eh LPC Bridge 8086h 2440h EIDE Controller 8086h 244Bh USB I F 2 8086h 2444h SMBus Controller 8086h Hidden AC97 Audio Controller 8086h 2445h Network Interface Controller 8086h 2449h Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 4 5 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Register Index FCh 40h 3Ch 38h 34h 30h 2Ch 28h 24h 20h 1Ch 18h 10h OCh 08h 04h 00h Chapter 4 System Support 4 2 2 PCI BUS MASTER ARBITRATION The PCI bus supports a bus master target arbitration scheme A bus master is a device that has been granted control of the bus for the purpose of initiating a transaction target 15 a device that Is the recipient of a transaction The Request REQ Grant GNT and FRAME signals are used by PCI bus masters for gaining access to the PCI bus When a PCI device needs access to the PCI bus and does not already own it the PCI device asserts it s signal to the PCI bus arbiter a function of the system controller component If the bus is available the arbiter asserts the GNTn signal to the requesting device which then asserts FRAME and conducts the address phase of the transaction with a target If the PCI device already owns the bus a request is not needed and the d
175. d indicator Fifih Edition March 2002 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 5 7 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 4 5 4 1 SERIAL INTERFACE models include two serial interfaces to transmit and receive asynchronous serial data with external devices The serial interface function is provided by the LPC47B357 I O controller component that includes two NS16C550 compatible UARTs Each UART supports the standard baud rates up through 115200 and also special high speed rates of 239400 and 460800 baud The baud rate of the UART is typically set to match the capability of the connected device While most baud rates may be set at runtime baud rates 230400 and 460800 must be set during the configuration phase RS 232 INTERFACE On the legacy light system the UART 15 associated with a DB 9 connector that complies with EIA standard RS 232 C The DB 9 connector is shown in the following figure and the pinout of the connector is listed in Table 5 5 Figure 5 3 Serial Interface Connector Male DB 9 as viewed from rear of chassis Table 5 7 DB 9 Serial Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 CD Carrier Detect 6 DSR Data Set Ready 2 RX Data Receive Data 7 RTS Request To Send 3 TX Data Transmit Data 8 CTS Clear To Send 4 DTR Data Terminal Ready 9 RI Ring Indicator 5 GND Ground The standard RS 232 C limitation of 50 feet or
176. d is available with either a legacy PS 2 type connection or a Universal Serial Bus USB type connection Bini Btn2 Btn3 Btn4 5 Btn6 7 D NOTE Main key positions same as Windows Enhanced Figures C 5 or 6 Figure 7 7 Button Easy Access Keyboard Layout The 8 button Easy Access Keyboard uses the layout shown in Figure C 8 and uses the PS 2 type connection Bini Btn2 Btn3 Btn4 5 6 Btn7 Btn8 f mi Main key positions same as Windows Enhanced Figures C 5 or 6 Figure C 8 8 Button Easy Access Keyboard Layout Compaq Personal Computers C 7 Changed July 2000 Appendix Keyboard
177. de 2 4 10 AUDIO SUBSYSTEM 2 5 Models that feature an embedded AC 97 audio system uses the integrated AC97 audio controller of the chipset and an AC 97 compliant audio codec These systems include microphone and line inputs and headphone and line outputs The AC 97 equipped Slim Desktop and Configurable Minitower models include a 3 watt output amplifier driving an internal speaker The AC 97 equipped Small Form Factor models feature Compaq Premier Sound consisting of a five level equalizer designed to compensate for chassis acoustics and a low distortion 5 watt amplifier driving a speaker for optimum sound Models that do not include integrated AC 97 circuitry provide legacy PC beep audio support and may be upgraded with the installation of a PCI audio card SPECIFICATIONS This section includes the environmental electrical and physical specifications for the Compaq Deskpro EN Series Personal Computers Where provided metric statistics are given in parenthesis All specifications subject to change without notice Table 2 5 Environmental Specifications Factory Configuration Parameter Operating Nonoperating Ambient Air Temperature 50 to 95 F 10 to 35 C max rate 24 to 140 30 to 60 C max rate of change lt 10 C Hr of change lt 20 C Hr Shock w o damage 5 Gs 1 20 Gs 1 Vibration 0 000215 10 300 Hz 0 0005 G7 Hz 10 500 Hz Humidity 10 9096 Rh 28 C max 5 95 Rh
178. des the two status LEDs as part of the connector assembly Speed LED Activity LED I 5 Description Transmit Transmit Receive Receive 87654321 Figure 5 15 Ethernet Connector RJ 45 viewed from card edge 5 9 6 NIC SPECIFICATIONS Table 5 27 NIC Specifications Parameter Modes Supported 10BASE T half duplex 10 MB s 10Base T full duplex 20 MB s 100BASE TX half duplex 100 MB s 100Base TX full duplex 200 MB s Standards Compliance IEEE 802 2 IEEE 802 3 amp 802 3u IEEE Intel priority packet 801 1p OS Driver Support MS DOS MS Windows 3 1 MS Windows 95 pre OSR2 98 and 2000 Professional MS Windows NT 3 51 amp 4 0 Novell Netware 3 x 4 x 5x Novell Netware IntraNetWare SCO UnixWare 7 OpenServer Boot ROM Support Intel PRO 100 Boot Agent PXE 3 0 RPL F12 BIOS Support Yes Bus Interface PCI 2 2 Power Management Support APM ACPI PCI Power Management Spec 5 36 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 5 9 7 NIC UPGRADING CHANGING The integrated NIC may be used in conjunction with another NIC card in a PCI slot These systems provide AOL support for NIC cards that are AOL compliant to the extent described previously in section 5 9 2 These syste
179. dress mapping Some ranges may include reserved addresses 4 38 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 4 8 2 82801 ICH2 GENERAL PURPOSE FUNCTIONS The 82801 ICH2 component includes a number of single and multi purpose pins available as general purpose input output GPIO ports The GPIO ports are configured enabled disabled during POST by BIOS through the PCI configuration registers of the ICH2 s LPC I F Bridge 82801 function 0 The GPIO ports are controlled through 64 bytes of I O space that is mapped during POST Table 4 18 lists the utilization of the ICH2 s GPIO ports in these systems Table 4 18 lists the GPIO registers for the LPC47B357 Table 4 18 82801 ICH2 GPIO Register Utilization GPIO Port Function Direction 0 PS LED 1 NIC REQ5 2 3 IRQF 4 5 6 HD LED 7 8 12 TAFI ASIC Interrupt 13 5 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 28 Password enable not connected Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 39 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support 4 8 3 LPC47B357 CONTROLLER FUNCTIONS The LPC47B357 I O controller contains vari
180. ds of the application The controller also uses four megabytes of SDRAM soldered down in small form factor models separate GPA AIMM card in the slim desktop and configurable minitower models as a display cache especially suited for 3D operation The additional Display Cache allows the graphics controller to simultaneously render graphics to the Z buffer 1n the display cache while processing textures in a portion of system memory 6 2 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Direct Graphics Controller Technical Reference Guide 82815 GMCH 2D Engine 3D Engine 5 1 Monitor Connector Pipelined Preprocessor FSB I F amp gt SDRAM Cntlr 4 MB SDRAM Display Cache AGP Bus Figure 6 2 82815 GMCH Integrated Graphics Subsystem The integrated graphics controller includes special enhancements for 2D operations Motion compensation logic is included to improve performance during software decoding of MPEG2 video Hardware cursor and overlay engines relieve software processing and provide independent gamma correction saturation and brightness control The 230 MHz RAMDAC can support a variable scan rate monitor up to a maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 with 256 colors Video BIOS for the controller is held in the system BIOS ROM and copied into systems memory at runt
181. e This option has no effect under ACPI enabled operating systems This selection will only appear when energy saver mode is set to advanced Energy Saver Options Allows user to set Power button configuration on off or sleep wake under APM enabled operating systems Power LED blink in suspend mode enable disable This option is not available under ACPI enabled operating systems Note Energy Saver Options will not appear if the energy saver mode is disabled Advanced Power On Options Allows user to set Advanced POST mode QuickBoot FullBoot or FullBoot users only every 1 30 days Onboard Devices PCI Devices 8 10 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers POST messages enable disable Safe POST enable disable F10 prompt enable disable F12 prompt enable disable Option ROM prompt enable disable Remote wakeup boot sequence remote server local hard drive After power loss off on If you connect your computer to an electric power strip and would like to turn on power to the computer using the switch on the power strip set this option to on Note If you turn off power to your computer using the switch on a power strip you will not be able to use the suspend sleep feature or the Remote Management features UUID Universal Unique Identifier enable disable Allows you to set resources for or disable onboard System devices diskette controller serial port parallel port Lists currently installed PCI devices a
182. e 8042 to inhibit the keyboard and pointing device and places 55h into the output buffer ABh Test the clock and data lines of the keyboard interface and place test results in the output buffer 00 No error detected 01h Clock line stuck low 02h 7 Clock line stuck high 03h Data line stuck low 04h lt Data line stuck high ADh Disable keyboard command sets bit 4 of the 8042 command byte AEh Enable keyboard command clears bit 4 of the 8042 command byte COh Read input port of the 8042 This command directs the 8042 to transfer the contents of the input port to the output buffer so that they can be read at port 60h C2h Poll Input Port High This command directs the 8042 to place bits lt 7 4 gt of the input port into the upper half of the status byte on a continous basis until another command is received C3h Poll Input Port Low This command directs the 8042 to place bits lt 3 0 gt of the input port into the lower half of the status byte on a continous basis until another command is received DOh Read output port This command directs the 8042 to transfer the contents of the output port to the output buffer so that they can be read at port 60h D1h Write output port This command directs the 8042 to place the next byte written to port 60h into the output port only bit 1 can be changed D2h Echo keyboard data Directs the 8042 to send back to the CPU the ne
183. e 815E based graphics controller is configured using PCI configuration registers listed Table 6 2 Table 6 2 815E Based Graphics Controller PCI Configuration Registers GMCH Function 2 PCI PCI Config Reset Config Reset Addr Register Value Addr Register Value 00 01h Vendor ID 8086h 2E 2Fh Subsystem ID 0000h 02 03h Device ID 1132h 30 33 Vid BIOS Base 05 04 05 0004h 34h Capabilities Pointer DCh 06 07h Status 02BOh 3Ch Interrupt Line 00h 08h Revision ID 02h 3Dh Interrupt Pin 01h Class Code 0003h 00h 01h 3Fh Max Latency 00h OFh BIST 00h DC DDh Pwr Mgmt Capabilities 0001h 10 13h Memory Range Addr 8 DE DFh Pwr Mgmt Capabilites 0022h 14 17h Mem Mapped Range Addr 05 0 1 Pwr Mgmt Control 0000h 2C 2Dh Subsys Vendor ID 0000h E2 FFh Reserved Assume unmarked locations gaps as reserved Refer to Intel documentation for detailed register descriptions The graphics controller is controlled through memory mapped registers by the appropriate software driver UPGRADING 815E BASED GRAPHICS The method of upgrading the 815E based graphics controller is dependent on the system type Small Form Factor No AGP slot is provided for upgrading the AGP graphics Since PCI graphics adapters are generally considered inferior to AGP types a true upgrade is not possible on these
184. e D 4 0 5 POWER MANAGEMENT AND CONSUMPTION sese D 4 0 6 CONNECTORS wash as ae D 5 D 6 1 MONITOR CONNECTOR 3225 55 eee D 5 APPENDIX COMPAQ NVIDIA QUADRO2 AGP GRAPHICS 5 4 2 2 2 2 INTRODUGTION i desea ae 1 E2 FUNCTIONAL esee nennen nennen E tenerse rese nennen nennen E 2 E3 DISPEAY MODES eerte HET ER E dE T OR EUR ET TES ua E 3 4 SOFTWARE SUPPORT INFORMATION esee enne ener nennen nennen E 4 5 POWER MANAGEMENT AND CONSUMPTION E 4 QONNEGTORS sere piece tution bie iei eut iE E 5 E 6 1 MONITOR CONNECTOR E 5 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers vii Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide APPENDIX COMPAQ MATROX MILLENNIUM GRAPHICS CARDS eee INTRODUGTION ertt ettet tero nter a teer em ette F 1 E2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ettet ree eo niit to pee e ro F 2 F 3 DISPLAY MODES eerte metet eere es E ere e eene Es F 3 F4 SOFTWARE SUPPORT INFORMATION eee eene en ren ener F 4 F5 POWER MANAGEMENT AND CONSUMPTION eee een een een eene F 4 FO CONNECTORS entente rp a P
185. e data phase A frame consists of one 16 bit tag slot followed by twelve 20 bit data slots When asserted typically during a power cycle the RESET signal not shown will reset all audio registers to their default values T1 74 r 758 T2 T39 SYNC 48 KHz 12 288 MHz SD OUT Read Bit 15 Bit 14 jit 19 Bit 18 19 Bit 18 ito 19 or SD IN Slot 0 Slot 1 Slot 2 Data Data CLK Slot Description 0 Bit 15 Frame valid bit Bits 14 3 Slots 1 12 valid bits Bits 2 0 Codec ID 1 Command address Bit 19 R W Bits 18 12 reg Index Bits 11 0 reserved 2 Command data 3 Bits 19 4 PCM audio data left channel SD OUT playback SD IN record Bits 3 0 all zeros 4 Bits 19 4 PCM audio data right channel SD OUT playback SD IN record Bits 3 0 all zeros 5 Modem codec data not used in this system 6 11 Reserved 12 control Figure 5 12 AC 97 Link Bus Protocol 5 28 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 5 8 4 AUDIO CODEC The audio codec provides pulse code modulation PCM coding and decoding of audio information as well as the selection and or mixing of analog channels As shown in Figure 5 13 analog audio from a
186. e for drive of the primary controller if byte 12h bits lt 7 4 gt hold 11116 Byte 1 Ah contains the hard drive type for drive 2 of the primary controller if byte 12h bits lt 3 0 gt hold 11116 Bytes1Bh and 1Ch contain the hard drive types for hard drives 1 and 2 of the secondary controller Configuration Byte 1Dh Enhanced IDE Hard Drive Support Default Value Bit Funcion EIDE Drive C 83h 6 EIDE Drive D 82h Values for bits lt 7 4 gt 0 Disable 1 Enable for auto configure Configuration Byte 1Fh Power Management Functions E eS 00h Slow Processor Clock for Low Power Mode 0 Processor runs at full speed 1 Processor runs at slow speed 2 Reserved Monitor Off Mode 0 Turn monitor power off after 45 minutes in standby 1 Leave monitor power Energy Saver Mode Indicator Blinking LED 0 Disable 1 Enable Configuration Byte 24h System Board Identification Default Value 7Eh Configuration memory location 24h holds the system board ID Configuration Byte 25h System Architecture Data Default Value OBh Unmapping of ROM 0 Allowed 1 Not allowed 2 Reserved 5 Diagnostic Status Byte Address 00 Memory locations 80C00000h 80C00004h 01 I O ports 878h 87Ch 11 7 neither place 4 28 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Ref
187. ed compare of R W buffers 6xx 27 Failed speed limits 6xx 09 Failed to format a tract 6xx 28 Failed write protect test 6xx 10 Failed sector wrap test 600 xx Diskette drive ID test 609 xx Diskette drive reset controller test 601 xx Diskette drive format 610 xx Diskette drive change line test 602 xx Diskette read test 611 xx Pri diskette drive port addr conflict 603 Diskette drive R W compare test 612 xx Sec diskette drive port addr conflict 604 xx Diskette drive random seek test 694 00 Pin 34 not cut on 360 KB drive 605 xx Diskette drive ID media 697 00 Diskette type error 606 xx Diskette drive speed test 698 00 Drive speed not within limits 607 xx Diskette drive wrap test 699 00 Drive media ID error run Setup 608 xx Diskette drive write protect test A 10 SERIAL INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 11xx xx Table A 9 Serial Interface Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message X Probable Cause 1101 01 UART DLAB bit failure 1101 13 UART cntrl signal interrupt failure 1101 02 Line input or UART fault 1101 14 DRVR RCVR data failure 1101 03 Address line fault 1109 01 Clock register initialization failure 1101 04 Data line fault 1109 02 Clock register rollover failure 1101 05 UART signal failure 1109 03 Clock reset failure 1101 06 UART THRE bit failure 1109 04 Input line or clock failure 1101 07 UART Data RDY bit failure 1109 05 Address line fault 1101 08 UART TX RX bu
188. ed in NDISS drivers but implemented through remote management software applications such as LanDesk Individual address match Packet with matching user defined byte mask Multicast address match Packet with matching user defined sample frame ARP address resolution protocol packet Flexible packet filtering Packets that match defined CRC signature 999 The PROSet Application software pre installed and accessed through the System Tray or Windows Control Panel allows configuration of operational parameters such as WOL and duplex mode 5 34 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 5 9 4 NIC PROGRAMMING Technical Reference Guide Programming the NIC consists of configuration which occurs during POST and control which occurs at runtime 5 9 4 1 Configuration The network interface function is a PCI device and configured though PCI configuration space registers using PCI protocol described in chapter 4 The PCI configuration registers are listed in the following table Table 5 25 NIC Controller PCI Configuration Registers ICH2 Device 8 Function 0 PCI Value on PCI Value Conf Reset Conf on Addr Register Addr Register Reset 00 01h Vender ID 8086h 2E 2Fh Subsystem ID 0000h 02 03h Device ID 2449h 34h Capabilities Pointer DCh 04 05h PCI Command 0000h 3Ch Interrupt Line 00h 06 07h PCI Status 0290
189. ed in the Appendix C KEYBOARD INTERFACE OPERATION The data clock link between the 8042 and the keyboard is uni directional for Keyboard Mode 1 and bi directional for Keyboard Modes 2 and 3 These modes are discussed in detail in Appendix C This section describes Mode 2 the default mode of operation Communication between the keyboard and the 8042 consists of commands originated by either the keyboard or the 8042 and scan codes from the keyboard A command can request an action or indicate status The keyboard interface uses IRQI to get the attention of the CPU The 8042 can send a command to the keyboard at any time When the 8042 wants to send a command the 8042 clamps the clock signal from the keyboard for a minimum of 60 us If the keyboard is transmitting data at that time the transmission 1s allowed to finish When the 8042 is ready to transmit to the keyboard the 8042 pulls the data line low causing the keyboard to respond by pulling the clock line low as well allowing the start bit to be clocked out of the 8042 The data is then transferred serially LSb first to the keyboard Figure 5 6 An odd parity bit 15 sent following the eighth data bit After the parity bit is received the keyboard pulls the data line low and clocks this condition to the 8042 When the keyboard receives the stop bit the clock line is pulled low to inhibit the keyboard and allow it to process the data Start DO D1 D2 D3 04 05 06 D7 Parity Stop Bit LS
190. ed on a PCI bus activating SERR or PERR Microprocessor internal error activating IERRA or IERRB The SERR and PERR signals are routed through the ICH2 component which in turn activates the NMI to the microprocessor Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 17 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support The NMI Status Register at I O port 061h contains NMI source and status data as follows NMI Status Register 61h Bit Function NMI Status 0 No NMI from system board parity error 1 NMI requested read only IOCHK NMI 0 lt No NMI from IOCHK 1 IOCHK is active low NMI requested read onl 0 lt NMI from IOCHK enabled 1 NMI from IOCHK disabled and cleared R W 2 System Board Parity Error PERR SERR NMI Enable 0 Parity error NMI enabled 1 Parity error NMI disabled and cleared R W IOCHK NMI Enable Disable Functions not related to NMI activity After the active NMI has been processed status bits lt 7 gt or lt 6 gt are cleared by pulsing bits lt 2 gt or lt 3 gt respectively The NMI Enable Register 070h lt 7 gt is used to enable disable the NMI signal Writing 80h to this register masks generation of the NMI Note that the lower six bits of register at I O port 70h affect RTC operation and should be considered when changing NMI generation status 5 Generation The SMI System Management Int
191. elect R W FOh Mode Register R W NOTE Refer to LPC47B357 data sheet for detailed register information Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 5 9 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 4 3 2 Serial Interface Control The BIOS function INT 14 provides basic control of the serial interface The serial interface can be directly controlled by software through the I O mapped registers listed in Table 5 9 Table 5 9 Serial Interface Control Registers 2 Addr Addr Register R W 3F8h 2F8h Receive Data Buffer R Transmit Data Buffer Baud Rate Divisor Register 0 when bit 7 of Line Control Reg Is set 3F9h 2F9h Baud Rate Divisor Register 1 when bit 7 of Line Control Reg Is set W Interrupt Enable Register R W 3FAh 2FAh Interrupt ID Register R FIFO Control Register 3FBh 2FBh Line Control Register 2FCh Modem Control Register 3FDh 2FDh Line Status Register R 3FEh 2FEh Modem Status R 5 10 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 5 5 5 5 1 Technical Reference Guide PARALLEL INTERFACE The legacy light models include a parallel interface for connection to a peripheral device that has a compatible interface the most common being a printer The parallel interface function 15 integrated into the LPC47B357 I O controlle
192. em or device Get Capabilities Returns the features which this particular APM 1 2 BIOS implementation supports Get Set Disable Resume Timer This call gets sets or disables the system resume timer Enable Disable Resume on Ring Enables or disables the system s resume on ring indicator functionality It also returns the enabled disabled status Enable Disable Timer Based Request Enables or disables the BIOS s generation of global Standby and global Suspend requests based on inactivity timers 8 20 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 8 7 3 1 Staying Awake in APM There are two Time out to Standby timers used in APM the System Timer and the IDE had Drive Timer System Timer In POST the ROM enables a timer in the ICH2 that generates an SMI once per minute When the ROM gets the SMI it checks status bits in the ICH2 for activity at any of the following devices Keyboard Mouse Serial port s Parallel port IDE primary controller 9999 NOTE The secondary controller is NOT included in order to support auto sense of a CD ROM insertion auto run in case Windows or NT 15 running Note also that management of SCSI drives is the responsibility of the SCSI driver Any IDE hard drive access resets the hard drive timer If any of the activity status bits set when the ROM gets the
193. enable disable settings etc in effect at the time of the disconnect remain in effect CPU Idle The O S uses this call to tell BIOS that the system is idle CPU Busy Informs the BIOS that the O S has determined that the system is now busy The BIOS should restore the CPU clock rate to full speed Set Power State Sets the system or device specified in the power device ID into the requested power state Enable Disable Power Management Enables or disables all APM BIOS automatic power management When disabled the BIOS does not automatically power manage devices enter the Standby State enter the Suspend State or take power saving steps in response to CPU Idle calls Restore Power On Defaults Re initializes all power on defaults Get Power Status This call returns the system current power status Get PM Event Returns the next pending PM event or indicates if no PM events are pending Get Power State Returns the device power state when a specific device ID is used Enable Disable Device PM Enables or disables APM BIOS automatic power management for a specified device When disabled the APM BIOS does not automatically power manage the device APM Driver Version The O S uses this call to indicate its level of APM support to the BIOS The BIOS returns the APM connection version number Engage Disengage PM Engages or disengages cooperative power management of the syst
194. erence Guide Configuration Byte 26h Auxiliary Peripheral Configuration Default Value 00h Delay Select 00 lt 420 ns default 01 2 300 ns 10 lt 2600 ns 11 540 ns Alternative A20 Switching 0 Disable port 92 mode 1 Enable port 92 mode Bi directional Print Port Mode 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Graphics Type 0 Color 1 Monochrome Hard Drive Primary Secondary Address Select 0 lt Primary 1 Secondary Diskette Port 0 lt Primary 1 Secondary Diskette Port Enable 0 lt Primary 1 Secondary Configuration Byte 27h Speed Control External Drive Default Value 00h Bit Function 7 Boot Speed 0 Max MHz 1 Fast speed 6 0 Reserved Configuration Byte 28h Expanded and Base Memory IRQ12 Select Default Value 00h IRQ12 Select 0 lt Mouse 1 Expansion bus Base Memory Size 00 640 KB 01 512 KB 10 256 KB 11 7 Invalid Internal Compaq Memory 00000 None 00001 512 KB 00010 1 00011 lt 1 5 MB 11111 15 5 MB Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 29 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support Configuration Byte 29h Miscellaneous Configuration Data Default Value 00h Bit Function c P 4 Primary Hard Drive Enable Non PCI IDE Controllers 0 Disable 1 Enable Configuration Byte 2Ah Hard Drive Timeout Default Value 02h Hard Drive
195. erface is a function of the system unit and is discussed in Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces Topics covered in this appendix include the following Keystroke processing 2 page C 2 Connectors page C 16 Compaq Personal Computers 1 Changed July 2000 Appendix Keyboard 2 KEYSTROKE PROCESSING A functional block diagram of the keystroke processing elements is shown in Figure C 1 Power 5 VDC is obtained from the system through the PS 2 type interface The keyboard uses 786 14 or equivalent microprocessor The Z86C14 scans the key matrix drivers every 10 ms for pressed keys while at the same time monitoring communications with the keyboard interface of the system unit When a key is pressed a Make code 15 generated A Break code is generated when the key is released The Make and Break codes are collectively referred to as scan codes AII keys generate Make and Break codes with the exception of the Pause key which generates a Make code only Num Caps Scroll Lock Lock Lock Interface Matrix Processor System Unit Receivers Matrix Drivers Figure C 1 Keystroke Processing Elements Block Diagram When the system is turned on the keyboard processor generates a Power On Reset POR signal after a period of 150 ms to 2 seconds The keyboard undergoes a Basic Assurance Test BAT that checks for shorted
196. errupt is typically used for power management functions When power management is enabled inactivity timers are monitored When a timer times out SMI is asserted and invokes the microprocessor s SMI handler The SMI handler works with the APM BIOS to service the SMI according to the cause of the timeout Although the SMI is primarily used for power managment the interrupt is also employed for the QuickLock QuickBlank functions as well 4 18 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 4 4 2 DIRECT MEMORY ACCESS Direct Memory Access DMA is a method by which a device accesses system memory without involving the microprocessor Although the DMA method has been traditionally used to transfer blocks of data to or from an ISA I O device PCI devices may also use DMA operation as well The DMA method reduces the amount of CPU interactions with memory freeing the CPU for other processing tasks NOTE This section describes general For detailed information regarding operation refer to the data manual for the Intel 82801 I O Controller Hub The 82801 ICH2 component includes the equivalent of two 8237 DMA controllers cascaded together to provide eight DMA channels each excepting channel 4 configurable to a specific device Table 4 10 lists the default configuration of the DMA channels Table 4 10 Defaul
197. ervices the peripheral as appropriate Figure 4 9 shows the routing of PCI and ISA interrupts Most IRQs are routed through the I O controller which contains a serializing function A serialized interrupt stream is applied to the 82801 ICH2 LPC47B357 IRQ3 7 9 12 Cntlr 14 15 amp i Interrupt Serial IRQ SM Functions 77 IDE Hard Drives Seide Interrupt APIC bus Processing Processor PCI Peripherals Figure 4 9 Maskable Interrupt Processing Block Diagram Interrupts may be processed in one of two modes selectable through the F10 Setup utility 8259 mode mode Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 15 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support 8259 Mode The 8259 mode handles interrupts IRQO IRQ15 in the legacy AT system method using 8259 equivalent logic Table 4 8 lists the standard source configuration for maskable interrupts and their priorities in 8259 mode If more than one interrupt 1s pending the highest priority lowest number is processed first Table 4 8 Maskable Interrupt Priorities and Assignments Priority Signal Label Source Typical 1 IRQO Interval timer 1 counter 0 2 IRQ1 Keyboard 3 IRQ8 Real time clock 4 IRQ9 Unused 5 IRQ10 Unused 6 IRQ11 Unused 7 IRQ12 Mouse 8 IRQ13 Coprocessor math 9 IRQ14 IDE primary I
198. es DnA are latched by the receiving agent on the falling edge of AD STBx and the second four bytes DnB are latched the rising edge of AD STBx The signal level for AGP 2X transfers may be 3 3 or 1 5 VDC T4 AN GaAs 1 lt gt gt lt g wo 00 gt lt o t k gt gt lt UJ We Figure 4 6 AGP 2X Data Transfer Peak Transfer Rate 532 MB s AGP 4X Transfers The AGP 4X transfer rate allows sixteen bytes of data to be transferred in one clock cycle As in 2X transfers the 66 MHz CLK signal is used only for qualifying control signals while strobe signals are used to latch each 4 byte transfer on the AD lines As shown in Figure 4 7 4 byte block DnA is latched by the falling edge of AD STBx while DnB is latched by the falling edge of AD_STBx The signal level for AGP 4X transfers is 1 5 VDC 5 2 5 pu PE 4 ID B 1 D4A joas AD ST x poe TE 3 7 ANNE ee STO 2 xx 2 00x X X Figure 4 7 4X Data Transfer Peak Transfer Rate 1064 MB s 4 12 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 4 3 2 AGP CONFIGURATION AGP bus operations require the con
199. es reasonable article s such as a display monitor and or another system unit 3 Minitower configuration For desktop configuration swap Height and Width dimensions Table 2 8 Diskette Drive Specifications Compaq SP 179161 001 Parameter Measurement Media Type 3 5 in 1 44 MB 720 KB diskette Height 1 3 bay 1 in Bytes per Sector 512 Sectors per Track High Density 18 Low Density 9 Tracks per Side High Density 80 Low Density 80 Read Write Heads 2 Average Access Time Track to Track high low 3 ms 6 ms Average high low 94 ms 173ms Settling Time 15 ms 100 ms Latency Average 2 20 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Table 2 9 48x CD ROM Drive Specifications 187217 B21 Parameter Measurement Interface Type IDE Transfer Rate Max Sustained 4800 KB s Burst 16 6 MB s Media Type Mode 1 2 Mixed Mode CD DA Photo CD Cdi CD XA Capacity Mode 1 12 cm 550 MB Mode 2 12 cm 640 MB 8 cm 180 MB Center Hole Diameter 15 mm Disc Diameter 8 12 cm Disc Thickness 1 2 mm Track Pitch 1 6 um Laser Beam Divergence 58 5 1 5 Output Power 53 6 0 14 mW Type GaAs Wave Length 790 25 nm Average Access Time Random 100 ms Full Stroke 150 ms Audio Output Level 0 7 Vrms Cache Buffer 128 KB Table 2 10 Hard Drive Specifications Para
200. ese systems will not turn the fan s off as on previous systems If the hard drive timer times out due to inactivity the hard drive motor stops spinning the platters Depending on drive type some drives can cut power to some of the drive electronics that are not needed during standby The drive s can be in this state with the system still awake Since the hard drive timer is in the hard drive controller and triggered by drive access the system can be in Standby with the hard drive s still spinning awake System Suspend System Suspend is invoked by pressing and releasing the power switch in under four seconds pressing and holding the switch longer that four seconds will turn the system off The system does not time out from Standby into Suspend Upon invoking Suspend the following actions occur 1 APM aware device drivers put their associated devices into Device Standby 2 O S makes a BIOS call to go into Standby and the BIOS a Spins down the IDE drives b Halts the processor The processor remains halted until the next 55ms tick from the RTC c 55ms tick of the RTC the processor executes a BIOS routine to check to see if anything has happened to wake the system up If not the processor is halted again d Steps B and C are repeated until a wake up event occurs A NOTE These systems will not turn the fan s off as in previous systems 8 22 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring
201. essed The Ctrl Alt and Delete keystroke combination required twice if in the Windows environment initiates a system reset warm boot that is handled by the BIOS C 2 4 3 Windows Keystrokes Windows enhanced keyboards include three additional key positions Key positions 110 and 111 marked with the Windows logo sf have the same functionality and are used by themselves or in combination with other keys to perform specific hot key type functions for the Windows operating system The defined functions of the Windows logo keys are listed as follows Keystroke Function Window Logo Open Start menu Window Logo F1 Display pop up menu for the selected object Window Logo TAB Activate next task bar button Window Logo E Explore my computer Window Logo Find document Window Logo CTRL F Find computer Window Logo M Minimize all Shift Window Logo M Undo minimize all Window Logo R Display Run dialog box Window Logo PAUSE Perform system function Window Logo 0 9 Reserved for OEM use see following text The combination keystroke of the Window Logo 1 0 keys are reserved for OEM use for auxiliary functions speaker volume monitor brightness password etc Key position 112 marked with an application window icon Eb 15 used in combination with other keys for invoking Windows application functions Compaq Personal Computers C 9 Changed July 2000 Appendix Keyboard C 2 4 4 Easy Access Keystr
202. evice can simply assert FRAME and conduct the transaction Table 4 3 shows the grant and request signals assignments for the devices on the PCI bus Table 4 3 PCI Bus Mastering Devices REQ GNT Line Device REQO GNTO PCI Connector Slot 1 REQ1 GNT1 PCI Connector Slot 2 REQ2 GNT2 PCI Connector Slot 3 REQ3 GNT3 PCI Connector Slot 4 1 REQ4 GNT4 PCI Connector Slot 5 1 GREQ GGNT AGP Slot 1 NOTE 1 Slim Desktop and Configurable Minitower models only PCI bus arbitration is based on a round robin scheme that complies with the fairness algorithm specified by the PCI specification The bus parking policy allows for the current PCI bus owner excepting the PCI ISA bridge to maintain ownership of the bus as long as no request is asserted by another agent Note that most CPU to DRAM and AGP to DRAM accesses can occur concurrently with PCI traffic therefore reducing the need for the Host PCI bridge to compete for PCI bus ownership 4 6 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 4 2 3 4 2 4 4 2 5 4 2 6 4 2 6 1 Technical Reference Guide OPTION ROM MAPPING During POST the PCI bus is scanned for devices that contain their own specific firmware in ROM Such option ROM data if detected is loaded into system memory s DOS compatibility area refer to the system memory map shown in chapter 3 PCI INTERRUPTS Eight interrupt signals
203. feature architectures incorporating the PCI bus All models are easily upgradable and expandable to keep pace with the needs of the office enterprise Compaq Evo D500 Small Form Factor Compaq Deskpro EN Small Form Factor Compaq Deskpro Workstation AP230 Configurable Minitower Compaq Deskpro EN Configurable Minitower Figure 2 1 Compaq Deskpro Personal Computers with Monitors This chapter includes the following topics Features and options 2 2 page 2 2 Mechanical design 2 3 page 2 4 System architecture 2 4 page 2 8 Specifications 2 5 page 2 13 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 2 1 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 2 FEATURES AND OPTIONS This section describes the standard features and available options 2 2 1 STANDARD FEATURES The following standard features are included on all models Intel Pentium III or Celeron processor in FC PGA370 package Intel 815E Chipset Instantly Available PC Support for three PC133 DIMMs 3 5 inch 1 44 MB diskette drive 48x Max CD ROM drive IDE controller w UATA 100 mode support Hard drive fault prediction Two serial two USB one parallel and one network interface APM 1 2 power management support Plug n Play compatible with ESCD support Intelligent Manageability support Energy Star compliant Security features including Flash ROM Boot Block Diske
204. ffer failure 1109 06 Data line fault 1101 09 Interrupt circuit failure 1150 xx Comm port setup error run Setup 1101 10 COMI set to invalid INT 1151 xx COM address conflict 1101 11 2 set to invalid INT 1152 xx address conflict 1101 12 DRVR RCVR signal failure 1155 xx COM port address conflict A 6 gt Compaq Personal Computers Changed November 2000 Technical Reference Guide A 11 MODEM COMMUNICATIONS ERROR MESSAGES 12xx xx Table A 10 Serial Interface Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message X Probable Cause 1201 XX Modem internal loopback test 1204 03 Data block retry limit reached 4 1201 01 UART DLAB bit failure 1204 04 RX exceeded carrier lost limit 1201 02 Line input or UART failure 1204 05 TX exceeded carrier lost limit 1201 03 Address line failure 1204 06 Time out waiting for dial tone 1201 04 Data line fault 1204 07 Dial number string too long 1201 05 UART control signal failure 1204 08 Modem time out waiting for remote response 1201 06 UART THRE bit failure 1204 09 Modem exceeded maximum redial limit 1201 07 UART DATA READY bit failure 1204 10 Line quality prevented remote response 1201 08 UART TX RX buffer failure 1204 11 Modem time out waiting for remote connection 1201 09 Interrupt circuit failure 1205 XX Modem auto answer test 1201 10 COM set to invalid inturrupt 1205 01 Time out waiting for
205. figuration of certain parameters involving system memory access by the AGP graphics adapter The AGP bus interface 15 configured as PCI device integrated within the north bridge device 1 component The AGP function 15 from the PCI bus perspective treated essentially as a PCI PCI bridge and configured through PCI configuration registers Table 4 6 Configuration is accomplished by BIOS during POST NOTE Configuration of the AGP bus interface involves functions 0 and 1 of the GMCH Function 0 registers listed in Table 3 4 include functions that affect basic control GART of the AGP Table 4 6 PCI AGP Bridge Function Configuration Registers GMCH Function 1 PCI PCI Config Reset Config Reset Addr Register Value Addr Register Value 00 01h Vendor ID 8086h 1Bh Sec Master Latency Timer 00h 02 03h Device ID 1131h 1Ch Base Address FOh 04 05h Command 0000h 1Dh Limit Address 00h 06 07h Status 0020h 1E 1Fh Sec PCI PCI Status 02A0h 08h Revision ID 00h 20 21h Memory Base Address FFFOh OBh Class Code 0406h 22 23h Memory Limit Address 0000h Header 01 24 25 Prefetch Mem Base Addr FFFOh 18h Primary Bus Number 00h 26 27h Prefetch Mem Limit Addr 0000h 19h Secondary Bus Number 00h 3Eh PCI PCI Bridge Control 00h 1Ah Subordinate Bus Number 00h 3F FFh Reserved 00h NOTE Assume unmarked locations gaps as reserved Refer to Intel documentation for detailed regis
206. following subjects Functional description F 2 page F 2 Display modes F 3 page F 3 Software support information F 4 page F 4 Monitor power management F 5 page F 4 Connectors F 6 page F 5 Compaq Personal Computers F 1 Original November 2000 Appendix Compaq Matrox Millennium 6450 Graphics F 2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION The Matrox Millennium G450 SD Graphics Card provides high performance 2D and 3D display imaging The card s AGP design provides an economical approach to 3D processing by off loading 3D effects such as texturing z buffering and alpha blending to the system memory while 32 megabytes of on board SDRAM stores the main display image 128 bit MGA Graphics Controller 166 MHz Data Bus Memory 32 MB Video VF SDRAM Scalar Frame Buffer Card Edge lt gt 350 MHz Connector RAMDAC Analog 3D Array H VSync Monitor Engine CRT Connector 1 Controller H VSync 5 ROM Analog gt Monitor eve MEIZ 2 RAMDAC Figure F 2 Matrox Millennium G450 Graphics Card Block diagram The Matrox Millennium G450 Graphics Card includes the following features 64 SDRAM frame buffer using 128 bit 166 MHz access transfers with sideband addressing 2D drawing engine with 128 bit BitBLTs rectangle polygon fills line draws Hardware cursor 8 16 32 bpp mode acceleration
207. g in pdf file format at the URL listed below http www compaq com support techpubs technical reference guides index html Viewing the file requires a copy of Adobe Acrobat Reader available at no charge from Adobe Systems Inc at the following URL http www adobe com When viewing with Adobe Acrobat Reader click on the icon or Bookmarks tab to display the navigation pane for quick access to particular places in the guide HARDCOPY A hardcopy of this guide may be obtained by printing from pdf file The document is designed for printing in an 8 x 11 inch format Note that printing in black and white will lose color shading properties Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 1 1 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 1 Introduction 1 2 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SOURCES For more information on components mentioned in this guide refer to the indicated manufacturers documentation which may be available at the following online sources Compaq Computer Corporation http www compag com Intel Corporation http www intel com Standard Microsystems Corporation http www smsc com Texas Instruments Inc http www ti com USB user group http www usb org 9 9 9 13 MODEL NUMBERING CONVENTION The model numbering convention for Compaq Deskpro units is as follows ENX XNNN NNX N NNNx LY LY Removable storage
208. g modes of operation Programmed I O PIO mode CPU controls drive transactions through standard I O mapped registers of the IDE drive 8237 DMA mode CPU offloads drive transactions using DMA protocol with transfer rates up to 16 MB s Ultra ATA 100 mode Preferred bus mastering source synchronous protocol providing transfer rates of 100 MB s NOTE These systems include 80 conductor data cables required for UATA 66 and 100 modes IDE PROGRAMMING The IDE interface is configured as a PCI device during POST and controlled through I O mapped registers at runtime Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 5 1 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces Hard drives types not found in the ROM s parameter table are automatically configured as to soft type by DOS as follows Primary controller drive 0 type 65 drive 1 type 66 Secondary controller drive 0 type 68 drive 1 type 15 Non DOS non Windows operating systems may require using Setup F10 for drive configuration 5 2 1 1 IDE Configuration Registers The IDE controller is configured as a PCI device with bus mastering capability The PCI configuration registers for the IDE controller function PCI device 31 function 1 are listed in Table 5 1 Table 5 1 EIDE PCI Configuration Registers 82801 Device 31 Function 1 PCI Conf Reset PCI Conf
209. gnal level and a 0 1s represented by a change in signal level Bit stuffing is employed prior to NRZ1 encoding so that in the event a string of 175 is transmitted normally resulting in a steady signal level a 0 is inserted after every six consecutive 15 to ensure adequate signal transitions in the data stream 5 22 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide The USB transmissions consist of packets using one of four types of formats Figure 5 9 that include two or more of seven field types Sync Field 8 bit field that starts every packet and is used by the receiver to align the incoming signal with the local clock Packet Identifier PID Field 8 bit field sent with every packet to identify the attributes in out start of frame SOF setup data acknowledge stall preamble and the degree of error correction to be applied Address Field 7 bit field that provides source information required in token packets Endpoint Field 4 bit field that provides destination information required in token packets Frame Field 11 bit field sent in Start of Frame SOF packets that are incremented the host and sent only at the start of each frame Data Field 0 1023 byte field of data Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC Field 5 or 16 bit field used to check transmission integrity Sync Field PID
210. gral status LEDs Figure 5 14 The support firmware is contained in the system BIOS ROM The NIC can operate in half or full duplex modes and provides auto negotiation of both mode and speed Half duplex operation features an Intel proprietary collision reduction mechanism while full duplex operation follows the IEEE 802 3x flow control specification Transmit and receive FIFOs of 3 kilobytes each reduce the chance of overrun while waiting for bus access Active RJ 45 Link Connector Green 82801 ICH2 Network Interface Function MC Yellow LED Function Green Activity Link Indicates network activity and link pulse reception Yellow Speed Indicates link detection in 100 MB s mode always on if 100Base Tx is forced Figure 5 14 Network Interface Controller Block Diagram The Network Interface Controller includes the following features Fast Ethernet controller with 32 bit architecture and 3 KB TX RX buffers Dual mode support with auto switching between 10 5 and 100BASE TX Power down and Wake up support in both and ACPI environments and WOL Alert on LAN AOL v1 0 support Link and Activity LED indicator drivers AOL support for upgrade card 99999 The controller features high and low priority queues and provides priority packet processing for networks that can support that feature The controller s micro machine processes transmit and re
211. gurable Minitower systems all fans are speed controlled by the ASIC through the power supply so that a thermal condition of the processor or power supply will affect all fans simultaneously Typical cooling conditions include the following Normal Low fan speed Hot processor ASIC directs Speed Control logic to increase speed of fan s Hot power supply Power supply increases speed of fan s Sleep state Fan s turned off Hot processor or power supply will result in starting fan s E ae s 4 36 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide High and low thermal parameters are programmed into the ASIC by BIOS during POST If the high thermal parameter is reached then the fan s will be turned on full speed and the Therm signal will be asserted The asserted Therm signal can with the proper software setup be used by the 82801 ICH2 to initiate an AOL message for transmission over a network refer to Network Interface Controller subsection in Chapter 5 A NOTE These systems do not support thermister based fans used on earlier products 12 VDC Heat Sink Fan Header P70 Speed Control 1 Fan gt 2 Sense 1 4 Processor Therm 82801 1 Will be 12 VDC if fan is connected 3 Power Supply Assembly SMBus Fd Fan
212. h 3Dh Interrupt Pin 01h 08h Revision ID Xxh 3Eh Min Grant 08h 09 0Bh Class Code 0002h 3E 3Fh Max Latency 38h ODh Latency Timer 00h DCh Capability ID 01h 00h DDh Next Item Pointer 00h 10 13h Cntrl Reg Base Addr Mem 8 DE DFh Pwr Mgmt Functions FE21h 14 17h Reg Base Addr 1 0 1 EO E1h Pwr Mgmt Cntrl Sts 0000h 2C 2Dh Subsystem Vender ID 0000h E3h Data Assume unmarked gaps reserved and or not used 5 9 4 2 Control The 82562 controller is controlled though registers that may be mapped in system memory space or variable I O space The registers are listed in the following table Table 5 26 NIC Control Registers Offset No of Offset No of Addr Register Bytes Addr Register Bytes 00h SCB Status 2 19h Flow Control Register 2 02h SCB Command 2 1Bh PMDR 1 04h SCB General Pointer 4 1Ch General Control 1 08h PORT 4 1Dh General Status 1 OCh Flash Control Reg 2 1E 2Fh Reserved 10 OEh EEPROM Control Reg 2 10h Mgmt Data I F Reg 4 14h Rx Direct Mem Access Byte Cnt 4 18h Early Receive Interrupt 1 Not implemented in these systems CardBus registers Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers5 35 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 9 5 NIC CONNECTOR Figure 5 15 shows the RJ 45 connector used for the NIC interface This connector inclu
213. h Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 7 1 2 POWER CONTROL The power supply assembly is controlled digitally by the PS On signal Figure 7 1 When PS On 15 asserted the Power Supply Assembly is activated and all voltage outputs are produced When PS On is de asserted the Power Supply Assembly is off and all voltages except 43 3 AUX and 5 AUX are not generated Note that the 3 3 AUX and 5 AUX voltages are always produced as long as the system is connected to a live AC source 7 1 2 1 Power Button The PS On signal is typically controlled through the Power Button which when pressed and released applies a negative grounding pulse to the power control logic The resultant action of pressing the power button depends on the state and mode of the system at that time and 15 described as follows System State Pressed Power Button Results In Off Negative pulse of which the falling edge results in power control logic asserting PS On signal to Power Supply Assembly which then initializes ACPI four second counter is not active On ACPI Disabled Negative pulse of which the falling edge causes power control logic to de assert the PS On signal ACPI four second counter is not active On ACPI Enabled Pressed and Released Under Four Seconds Negative pulse of which the falling edge causes power control logic to generate SMI set a bit in the SMI source register set a bit for button status and start four second
214. he AC 97 Audio Controller of the 82801 ICH2 component to access and control an Analog Devices AD1885 Audio Codec which provides the analog to digital ADC and digital to analog DAC conversions as well as the mixing functions All control functions such as volume audio source selection and sampling rate are controlled through software over the PCI bus through the AC97 Audio Controller of the 82801 ICH2 Control data and digital audio streams record and playback are transferred between the Audio Controller and the Audio Codec over the AC97 Link Bus Slim Desktop and Configurable Minitower systems implement Business Audio which has the codec analog output applied to a 3 watt amplifier that drives a 16 ohm speaker Small Form Factor systems feature Premier Sound which includes a 6 level equalizer that compensates for chassis acoustics and a low distortion 8 watt amplifier driving a speaker The analog interfaces allowing connection to external audio devices include Mic In This input uses a three conductor stereo mini jack that is specifically designed for connection of a condenser microphone with an impedance of 10 K ohms This is the default recording input after a system reset Line In This input uses a three conductor stereo mini jack that is specifically designed for connection of a high impedance 10k ohm audio source such as a tape deck Headphones Out This input uses a three conductor stereo mini jack that is designed fo
215. ih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Configuration Byte 13h Security Functions Default Value 00h QuickBlank Enable After Standby 0 lt Disable 1 Enable Administrator Password 0 Not present 1 Present 3 Diskette Boot Enable 0 lt Enable 1 Disable 2 QuickLock Enable 0 Disable 1 Enable 1 Network Server Mode Security Lock Override 0 Disable 1 Enable Password State Set by BIOS at Power up 0 Not set 1 lt Set Configuration Byte 14h Equipment Installed Default Value standard configuration lt 03h No of Diskette Drives Installed 00 1 drive 10 3 drives 01 2 drives 11 4 drives Reserved Coprocessor Present 0 Coprocessor not installed 1 Coprocessor installed Diskette Drives Present 0 No diskette drives installed 1 Diskette drive s installed Configuration Bytes 15h and 16h Base Memory Size Default Value 280h Bytes 15h and 16h hold a 16 bit value that specifies the base memory size in 1 KB 1024 increments Valid base memory sizes are 512 and 640 kilobytes Configuration Bytes 17h and 18h Extended Memory Size Bytes 17h and 18h hold a 16 bit value that specifies the extended memory size in 1 KB increments Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 27 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support Configuration Bytes 19h 1Ch Hard Drive Types Byte 19h contains the hard drive typ
216. ime for maximum performance 6 2 1 1 Feature Summary Direct 3D support MS Direct Draw 5 6 support AGP 2X interface DDC2B compliant Accelerator engine support for 3 ROP BitBLT Line Draw Color expansion Video color conversion scaling Motion video Triangle setup 9 9 9 9 9 9 Accelerated driver support for Windows 3 1 95 98 2000 Windows NT 4 0 05 2 MS ActiveMovie and Media Player support for Win95 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 6 3 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 6 Embedded Graphics Subsystems 6 2 2 DISPLAY MODES The Intel graphics controller supports the following 2D display modes Table 6 1 815E Based Graphics Display Modes Resolution Bits per pixel Color Depth Refresh Rate 640 x 480 8 256 60 70 72 75 85 640 x 480 16 65K 60 70 72 75 85 640 x 480 24 16 7M 60 70 72 75 85 720 x 480 8 256 75 85 720 x 480 16 65K 75 85 720 x 480 24 16 7M 75 85 720 x 576 8 256 60 75 85 720 x 576 16 65K 60 75 85 720 x 576 24 16 7M 60 75 85 800 x 600 8 256 60 70 72 75 85 800 x 600 16 65K 60 70 72 75 85 800 x 600 24 16 7M 60 70 72 75 85 1024 x 768 8 256 60 70 72 75 85 1024 x 768 16 65K 60 70 72 75 85 1024 x 768 24 16 7M 60 70 72 75 85 1152 x 864 8 256 60 70 72 75 85 1152 x 864 16 65K 60 70 72 75 85 1152 x 864 24 16 7M 60 70 72
217. in PCI slot and supports full bus mastering capability This appendix covers the following subjects Functional description G 2 page G 2 SCSI adapter programming 3 page G 3 Specifications G 4 page G 3 SCSI connectors G 5 page G 4 Internal internal Wide Ultra SCSI Connector Ultra SCSI Connector External Ultra SCSI Connector Figure 1 Compaq Adaptec 29160N SCSI Host Adapter Card Layout PCA 157342 001 Compaq Personal Computers G 1 Original December 2000 Appendix K Compaq Adaptec 29160N SCSI Host Adapter G 2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION A block diagram of the SCSI Adapter is shown in Figure L 2 The adapter s architecture 1s based on the AIC 7892 SCSI controller working off the 32 bit 66 33 MHz PCI bus Providing full bus mastering capability the adapter supports data transfers up to 266 MB s using the burst mode rate on a 66 MHz 32 bit PCI bus The AIC 7892 controller is an Ultra160 controller with an on board 20 MIPS SCSI sequencer that can process SCSI commands without intervention from the host microprocessor The sequencer uses micro code that is downloaded from the host during initialization Single ended SCSI drivers are built into the controller and a 1 K data FIFO and an internal 4 KB SRAM memory LED is provided to indicate SCSI bus activity The AIC7892 provides a memory interface that is used by the Serial EEPROM and the BIOS ROM The serial EEPRO
218. ion 1 2 uuo pics 5 38 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 6 EMBEDDED GRAPHICS SUBSYSTEMS 6 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter describes graphics subsystems that are embedded on the system board Two standard graphics controller configurations are available 815 graphics controller implementation The graphics controller integrated into 82815 GMCH is implemented and used to drive a video monitor NVIDIA graphics controller implementation Small Form Factor only The graphics controller integrated into the 82815 GMCH is inhibited and an NVIDIA graphics controller on the system board is used to drive a video monitor Both graphics subsystems employ the AGP interface allowing the use of system memory as well as local RAM to provide efficient economical 2D and 3D performance In Small Form Factor systems the graphics controller of either implementation is resident embedded on the system board and no AGP slot 15 available Upgrading or modifying the graphics controller on these systems is accomplished by adding a PCI graphics card In Slim Desktop and Configurable Minitower systems an AGP slot is provided Upgrading these systems is accomplished by simply replacing the GPA AIMM or AGP graphics controller card in the AGP slot Separate AGP graphics cards are described in the Appendices of this
219. ion of certain parameters such as PCI IRQ routing DMA channel configuration RTC control port decode ranges and power management options These parameters are handled by the LPC I F bridge function PCI function 0 device 31 of the ICH2 component and configured through the PCI configuration space registers listed in Table 4 4 Configuration 15 provided by BIOS power up but re configurable by software Table 4 4 LPC Bridge Configuration Registers Function 0 Device 31 PCI PCI Config Reset Config Reset Addr Register Value Addr Register Value 00 01h Vendor ID 8086h 8Ah Device 31 Error Status 00h 02 03h Device ID 2440h 90 91h PCI DMA Configuration 0000h 04 05h Command 000Fh 0 Power Management 06 07h Status 0280h DO D3h General Control 05 08h Revision ID 00h D4 D7h General Status FOOh OA OBh Class Code 0106h D8h RTC Configuration 00h 80h EOh LPC COM Port Dec Range 00h 40 43h ACPI Base Address 1 E1h LPC FDD amp LPT Dec Rge 00h 44h ACPI Control 00h E2h LPC Audio Dec Range 80h 4E 4Fh BIOS Control 0000h E3h FWH Decode Enable FFh 54h TCO Control 00h E4 E5h LPC I F Decode Range 1 0000h 58 5Bh GPIO Base Address 1 E6 E7h LPC I F Enables 0000h 5Ch GPIO Control 00h E8 EBh FWH Select 1 00112233 60 63h INTA D Routing Cntrl 80h 1 EC EDh LPC I F Decode Range 2 0000h 64h Serial IRQ Control 10h EE EFh FWH Select 2 5678h 68 6B INTE F Routing
220. ite 1 14 LF Line Feed 2 2 DO Data 0 15 ERR Error 3 3 D1 Data 1 16 INIT Initialize Paper 4 4 D2 Data 2 17 SLCTIN Select In Address Strobe 1 5 D3 Data 3 18 GND Ground 6 04 4 19 GND Ground 7 D5 Data 5 20 GND Ground 8 D6 Data 6 21 GND Ground 9 D7 Data 7 22 GND Ground 10 ACK Acknowledge Interrupt 1 23 GND Ground 11 BSY Busy Wait 1 24 GND Ground 12 PE Paper End User defined 1 25 GND Ground 13 SLCT Select User defined 1 NOTES 1 Standard and ECP mode function EPP mode function 2 EPP mode function Data Strobe ECP modes Auto Feed or Host Acknowledge 3 EPP mode user defined ECP modes Fault or Peripheral Req 4 EPP mode Reset ECP modes Initialize or Reverse Req Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers5 15 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 6 5 6 1 Data KEYBOARD POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE The keyboard pointing device interface function is provided by LPC47B357 I O controller component which integrates 8042 compatible keyboard controller logic hereafter referred to as simply the 8042 to communicate with the keyboard and pointing device using bi directional serial data transfers The 8042 handles scan code translation and password lock protection for the keyboard as well as communications with the pointing device This section describes the interface itself The keyboard is discuss
221. ium and x86 microprocessors Both processor architectures include a floating point unit first and secondary caches and enhanced performance for multimedia applications through the use of multimedia extension MM X instructions These systems employ a PGA370 zero insertion force ZIF socket designed for mounting a Flip Chip FC PGA370 processor package Figure 2 10 7 Heat Sink Retaining Clip Heat Sink Retaining Bar Heat Sink for MHz Processors Heat Sink for FC PGA Package GHz Processors two types Lock Unlock Handle Shown in unlock position FC PGA2 Package w Integrated Heat Figure 2 10 Processor Assembly And Mounting Spreader PGA370 Socket These systems support processors fitted with passive heat sinks or processors fitted with heat sink fan assembly with a power cable that attaches to a fan power header provided on the system board There are three types of passive heat sinks The MHz processors use a heat sink that clips directly on the FC PGA package The GHz processors use two heat sink types one for attaching directly to the die of the FC PGA package and one for accommodating the Integrated Heat Spreader IHS used on the FC PGA2 package NOTE The three types of heat sinks are not interchangeable Also these systems support processors using the FC PGA or FC PGA2 package only The PPGA370 package while physic
222. ive type 29h Miscellaneous configuration 13h Security functions 2Ah Hard drive timeout 14h Equipment installed 2Bh System inactivity timeout 15h Base memory size low byte KB 2Ch Monitor timeout Num Lock 16h Base memory size high byte KB 2Dh Additional flags 17h Extended memory low byte KB 2Eh 2Fh Checksum of locations 10h 2Dh 18h Extended memory high byte KB 30h 31h Total extended memory tested 19h Hard drive 1 primary controller 32h Century 1Ah Hard drive 2 primary controller 33h Miscellaneous flags set by BIOS 1Bh Hard drive 1 secondary controller 34h International language 1Ch Hard drive 2 secondary controller 35h APM status flags 1Dh Enhanced hard drive support 36h ECC POST test single bit 1Eh Reserved 37h 3Fh Power on password 1Fh Power management functions 40 FFh Feature Control Status NOTES Assume unmarked gaps are reserved Higher locations gt 3Fh contain information that should be accessed using the INT15 AX E845h BIOS function refer to Chapter 8 for BIOS function descriptions 4 24 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide RTC Control Register A Byte 0Ah Bit Function 7 Update in Progress Read only 0 7 Time update will not occur before 2444 us 1 Time update will occur within 2444 us 6 4 Divider Chain Control R W 00 Oscillator disabled 010 Normal operation time base frequency
223. keys and basic operation of the keyboard processor The BAT takes from 300 to 500 ms to complete If the keyboard fails the BAT an error code is sent to the CPU and the keyboard is disabled until an input command is received After successful completion of the POR and BAT a completion code AAh is sent to the CPU and the scanning process begins The keyboard processor includes a 16 byte FIFO buffer for holding scan codes until the system is ready to receive them Response and typematic codes are not buffered If the buffer is full 16 bytes held a 17 byte of a successive scan code results in an overrun condition and the overrun code replaces the scan code byte and any additional scan code data and the respective key strokes are lost Multi byte sequences must fit entirely into the buffer before the respective keystroke can be registered 2 Compaq Personal Computers Changed July 2000 Technical Reference Guide 2 1 PS 2 TYPE KEYBOARD TRANSMISSIONS The PS 2 type keyboard sends two main types of data to the system commands or responses to system commands and keystroke scan codes Before the keyboard sends data to the system specifically to the 8042 type logic within the system the keyboard verifies the clock and data lines to the system If the clock signal 1s low 0 the keyboard recognizes the inhibited state and loads the data into a buffer Once the inhibited state is removed the data is sent to the system Keyboard
224. le Table 5 20 USB Cable Length Data Conductor Size Resistance Maximum Length 20 AWG 0 036 16 4 ft 5 00 m 22 AWG 0 057 9 94 ft 3 03 m 24 AWG 0 091 6 82 ft 2 08 m 26 AWG 0 145 O 4 30 ft 1 31 m 28 AWG 0 232 2 66 ft 0 81 m NOTE For sub channel 1 5 MB s operation and or when using sub standard cable shorter lengths may be allowable and or necessary The shield chassis ground and power ground should be tied together at the host end but left unconnected at the device end to avoid ground loops Color code Signal Insulation color Data Green Data White Vcc Red Ground Black Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers5 25 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 8 5 8 1 AUDIO SUBSYSTEM The systems covered in this guide come configured with one of two levels of audio support Legacy PC beep audio support Embedded AC 97 audio support FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS A block diagram of the audio subsystem is shown in Figure 5 11 Systems without embedded AC 97 support provide only legacy PC beep audio and have the speaker board mounted on the Small Form Factor chassis mounted on the Desktop EN Slim Desktop Configurable Minitower driven directly by the audio output of the ICH2 as shown in the upper third of the diagram These systems may be upgraded by adding a PCI audio card Systems with embedded AC 97 audio support use t
225. le or disable Master Boot Record MBR Security When enabled the BIOS rejects all requests to write to the MBR on the current bootable disk Each time the computer is powered on or rebooted the BIOS compares the MBR of the current bootable disk to the previously saved MBR If changes are detected you are given the option of saving the MBR on the current bootable disk restoring the previously saved MBR or disabling MBR Security You must know the setup password if one is set Note Disable MBR Security before intentionally changing the formatting or partitioning of the current bootable disk Several disk utilities such as FDISK and FORMAT attempt to update the MBR If MBR Security is enabled and disk accesses are being serviced by the BIOS write requests to the MBR are rejected causing the utilities to report errors If MBR Security is enabled and disk accesses are being serviced by the operating system any MBR change will be detected by the BIOS during the next reboot and an MBR Security warning message will be displayed Saves a backup copy of the Master Boot Record of the current bootable disk Note Only appears if MBR Security is enabled Restores the backup Master Boot Record to the current bootable disk Note Only appears if all of the following conditions are true MBR Security is enabled A backup copy of the MBR has been previously saved The current bootable disk is the same disk from which the backup copy of the M
226. leron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 3 Processor Memory Subsystem 3 2 3 PROCESSOR UPGRADING 3 2 31 Physical Considerations In Upgrading All units use the PGA370 ZIF mounting socket and ship with a processor in a Flip Chip FC PGA370 package installed with a passive heat sink CAUTION These systems are specifically designed for processors using N the FC PGA370 package Other processor packages such as the PPGA370 package will physically fit the socket but are not compatible due to electrical and thermal Issues The FC PGA370 package consists of the processor die mounted upside down on the substrate This arrangement allows the heat sink to come in direct contact with the processor die The heat sink and attachment clip are specially designed provide maximum heat transfer from the processor component critical on these systems Improper attachment of the heat sink will likely result in a thermal condition Although the system is designed to detect thermal conditions and automatically shut down such a condition could still result in damage to the system Refer to the applicable Maintenance and Service Guide for detailed processor removal replacement procedures CAUTION For proper heat dissipation attachment of the heat sink to processor 15 3 2 3 2 Electrical Considerations In Upgrading These systems are designed to support the processors listed in Tables 3 1 and 3 2 on the previous
227. less of cable between the DTE computer and DCE modem should be followed to minimize transmission errors Higher baud rates may require shorter cables 5 8 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 5 4 2 5 4 3 Technical Reference Guide COM1 PORT HEADER The Small Form Factor system board includes a header that connects to the COMI port s DB 9 connector on the rear chassis I O panel through a cable assembly The header pinout is shown in the following figure CD 1 6 DSR RX Data 2 7 RTS TX Data 3 8 CTS DTR 4 9 RI Gnd 5 Figure 5 4 COMI Serial Interface Header Small Form Factor system board only SERIAL INTERFACE PROGRAMMING Programming the serial interfaces consists of configuration which occurs during POST and control which occurs during runtime 5 4 3 1 Serial Interface Configuration The serial interface must be configured for a specific address range COMI 2 etc and also must be activated before it can be used Address selection and activation of the serial interface are affected through the PnP configuration registers of the LPCA7B357 I O controller The serial interface configuration registers are listed in the following table Table 5 8 Serial Interface Configuration Registers Index Address Function R W 30h Activate R W 60h Base Address MSB R W 61h Base Address LSB R W 70h Interrupt S
228. line inputs and headphone and or line outputs The Deskpro EN Small Form Factor system features Compaq Premier Sound components while Slim Desktop and Configurable Minitower systems provide a business audio solution The 815E chipset also includes the 82801BA I O Controller Hub ICH2 that integrates two IDE controllers with 100 support two USB interfaces and a PCI bus controller Also integrated into the 82801BA is an 82562 equivalent network interface controller An SMC LPC47B357 Super I O Controller provides serial parallel keyboard mouse and diskette drive interface functions The Small Form Factor system uses a 120 watt power supply while Slim Desktop and Configurable Minitower systems feature 200 watt power supplies Below is a matrix defining the standard configuration differences between the Deskpro EN and the Deskpro Workstation AP230 models Evo D500 SFF Deskpro EN 1 Deskpro Workstation AP230 Processor Celeron 1 Celeron or Pentium III 1 Pentium 111 Graphics Integrated Direct AGP Integrated Direct AGP One of the following AGP 4X cards in or NVIDIA TNT2 Pro or NVIDIA TNT2 Pro AGP slot Matrox Millennium G450 NVIDIA Quadro2 EX or NVIDIA Quadro2 MXR Embedded All models Select models models AC97 Audio Hard Drive UATA 100 UATA 100 UATA 100 or SCSI Ultra 160 Type NOTE 1 Pentium 4 based models of this series are covered in another guide 2 12 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Co
229. llel registers and associated functions based on mode Table 5 11 Parallel Interface Control Registers SPP EPP ECP y o Mode Mode Mode Address Register Ports Ports Ports Base Data LPT1 2 3 LPT1 2 LPT1 2 3 Base 1h Printer Status LPT1 2 3 LPT1 2 LPT1 2 3 Base 2h Control LPT1 2 3 LPT1 2 LPT1 2 3 Base 3h Address LPT1 2 Base 4h Data Port 0 LPT1 2 Base 5h Data Port 1 LPT1 2 Base 6h Data Port 2 LPT1 2 Base 7h Data Port 3 LPT1 2 Base 400h Parallel Data FIFO LPT1 2 3 Base 400h ECP Data FIFO LPT1 2 3 Base 400h Test FIFO LPT1 2 3 Base 400h Configuration Register A LPT1 2 3 Base 401h Configuration Register B LPT1 2 3 Base 402h Extended Control Register LPT1 2 3 Base Address LPT1 lt 378h LPT2 278h LPT3 3BCh 5 14 Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 5 5 5 PARALLEL INTERFACE CONNECTOR Figure 5 5 and Table 5 12 show the connector and pinout of the parallel interface connector Note that some signals are redefined depending on the port s operational mode Figure 5 5 Parallel Interface Connector Female DB 25 as viewed from rear of chassis Table 5 12 DB 25 Parallel Connector Pinout Pin Signal Function Pin Signal Function 1 STB Strobe Wr
230. llowing subjects Functional description E 2 page E 2 Display modes E 3 page E 3 Software support information E 4 page E 4 Monitor power management E 5 page E 4 Connectors E 6 page E 5 Compaq Personal Computers E 1 Changed October 2001 Appendix J Compaq NVIDIA Quadro2 EX MXR Graphics Cards E 2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION The NVIDIA Quadro2 MXR Graphics Card provides high performance 2D and 3D display imaging The card s AGP design provides an economical approach to 3D processing by off loading 3D effects such as texturing z buffering and alpha blending to the system memory while 32 megabytes of on board SDRAM stores the main display image 128 bit NVIDIA NV11GL Graphics Controller 166 MHz M Data Bus 32 MB SDRAM Video I F nd Scal Frame Buffer Bus calar ie Card yie Controller Connector HSync 3D Array 2 Engine Mrz onnector 9 EAM RGB BIOS DAC ROM DVI Digital Video DVI Monitor Interface Connector Quadro MXR only Figure E 2 NVIDIA Quadro2 EX MXR Graphics Card Block diagram The NVIDIA Quadro2 EX MXR Graphics Cards include the following features 32 MB SDRAM frame buffer using 128 bit 183 MHz access AGP 4X transfers with sideband addressing 2D drawing engine 3D rendering engine 350 MHz RAMDAC 32 bit Z stencil buffer eliminates hidden screen portions for faster loading 32 bit
231. lue 30h Activate R W 01h 60 61h Base Address R W 03 70 Interrupt Select R W 06h 74h DMA Channel Select R W 02h FOh DD Mode R W 02h F1h DD Option R W 00h F2h DD Type R W FFh F4h R W 00h F5h DD 1 R W 00h For detailed configuration register information refer to the SMSC data sheet for the LPC47B357 I O component 5 3 1 2 Diskette Drive Interface Control The BIOS function INT 13 provides basic control of the diskette drive interface The diskette drive interface can be controlled by software through the LPC47B357 s I O mapped registers listed in Table 5 5 The diskette drive controller of the LPC47B357 operates the PC AT mode in these systems Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 5 5 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces Pri Addr 370h Table 5 5 Diskette Drive Interface Control Registers Register R W Status Register A R lt 7 gt Interrupt pending lt 6 gt Reserved always 1 lt 5 gt STEP pin status active high lt 4 gt TRK 0 status active high lt 3 gt HDSEL status 0 side 0 1 side 1 lt 2 gt INDEX status active high 1 WR PRTK status 0 disk is write protected lt 0 gt Direction 0 outward 1 inward 3F1h 371h Status Register B R 7 6 Reserved always 1 s 5 DOR bit 0 status 4 Write data toggle 3 Read data toggle
232. m supports the following ACPI functions PM timer Power button Power button override RTC alarm Sleep Wake logic 51 53 S4 Windows 2000 55 state Halt PCI Power Management Event PME 9 9 9 9 9 1 2 SUPPORT Advanced Power Management is an extension of power management 5 decides when a transition to another power state should occur If going to Standby or Suspend it notifies all APM aware drivers requesting approval for the state change If all drivers approve the BIOS is not involved in this process each is instructed to go to that state then the BIOS is told to go to that state All versions of Windows later versions of OS 2 and Linux support APM The BIOS ROM for these systems support APM 1 2 The APM functions are initialized when the O S loads An INT 15h call is made to see if APM is supported by the BIOS and at what level 1 0 1 1 or 1 2 After that the O S gets a 32 bit address from the BIOS ROM so it can subsequently make 32 bit protected mode calls to access the different APM functions in the ROM Table 8 6 lists all the APM calls that the O S can make to the BIOS These functions are the major difference between PM and APM Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers8 19 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM APM BIOS Function APM Installation Check Table 8 6 APM BIOS Functions Description
233. meter 10 0 GB 15 0 GB 20 0 GB Drive Size 3 5 3 5 5 25 Interface UATA 66 UATA 66 UATA 100 Drive Protection System Support Yes Yes Yes Transfer Rate max 66 6 MB s 66 6 MB s 100 MB s Typical Seek Time w settling 1 Single Track 1 7 ms 2 0 ms 1 0 ms Average 8 5 ms 9 5 ms 9 0 ms Full Stroke 15 ms 21 20 ms Disk Format logical of Cylinders 16383 16383 16383 of Data Heads 16 16 16 of Sectors per Track 63 63 63 Rotation Speed 7200 RPM 7200 RPM 7200 RPM Drive Fault Prediction SMART III SMART III SMART III NOTE Actual times may vary depending on specific drive installed All EMEA units feature Quiet Drives Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers2 21 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 2 System Overview This page is intentionally blank 2 22 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 3 PROCESSOR MEMORY SUBSYSTEM 3 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter describes the processor cache memory subsystem of Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers covered in this guide These systems feature a Celeron or Pentium III processor and the 815E chipset Figure 3 1 The 815E chipset supports up to three SDRAM DIMMs maximum of four sides refer to section 3 3 for more information Processor 64 Bit FSB FSB I F 133 MHz Memory
234. mputers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Pentium III Or Celeron 1 Processor 66 100 133 MHz FSB RGB Monitor Direct AGP Graphics Controller 4 MB Display Cache m lt 815E Chipset d Monitor RGB PE Hub Link Bus Hard Drive 5 82801BA 2 Parallel VF 2 I F LPC47B357 I O Controller Keyboard Diskette Mouse 33 2 Subsystem 2 Link Bus 32 Bit PCI Bus Power Supply PCI Slots NOTES Resident on system board in SFF units Separate AGP card in SDT and CMT units Select Deskpro Workstation AP230 models only Evo D500 and select Deskpro EN models only 2 All Evo D500 and Workstation AP230 models and select Deskpro EN models Figure 2 9 Compaq Deskpro Architecture Block diagram Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers2 13 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 4 1 PROCESSORS The Compaq Deskpro EN Series include models based on Celeron and Pentium III processors Compaq Deskpro Workstation AP230 models feature the Pentium III processor These processors are backward compatible with software written for the Pentium II Pentium MMX Pentium Pro Pent
235. ms also provide Remote System Alert RSA support for such NIC cards as the 3Com 3C905C TX NIC card The RSA function is similar to AOL in that the unit provides even while powered off system status alert messages to a network console Note that NIC cards implementing the RSA method do not use the PCI SMBus for receiving alert information and therefore require in addition to the PCI connection an auxiliary cable connection with the system as shown in Figure 5 16 NIC Card in PCI Slot AOL SOS Cable Network ay Cable 5 AOL SOS Header P12 T ml s System or Backplane board Figure 5 16 Remote System Alert Implementation Generic Representation In the Remote System Alert implementation the NIC card receives event notification directly from the system s thermal and hood sensors and the LPC47B357 I O controller over an AOL SOS cable connection Figure 5 17 During system off conditions the NIC card receives auxiliary power from the 3 3 VDC auxiliary power rail on the PCI bus System or Backplane Board Li Optional NIC Card AOL SOS 1 Header 1 505 47 34 BIOS Fail 1 Hood Sensor Cntlr NcO9S Fail oO i o9 Intrusion O Oc LH O Fan O E O Nc Fan Alert ASIC Fan Therm 1 PCI
236. n About Set Time and Date Save to Diskette Restore from Diskette Set Defaults and Exit Ignore Changes and Exit Save Changes and Exit Storage Device Configuration Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Description Lists Product name Processor type speed stepping Cache size L1 L2 Installed memory size and frequency System ROM includes family name and version System board revision Chassis serial number Asset tracking number Integrated MAC for embedded enabled NIC if applicable Displays copyright notice Allows you to set system time and date Saves system configuration including CMOS to a blank formatted 1 44 MB diskette Restores system configuration including CMOS from a diskette Restores factory default settings which includes clearing any established passwords Exits Computer Setup without applying or saving any changes Saves changes to system configuration and exits Computer Setup Lists all installed storage devices The following options appear when a device is selected Diskette Type For legacy diskette drives only Identifies the highest capacity media type accepted by the diskette drive Options are 3 5 1 44 MB 3 5 720 KB 5 25 1 2 MB 5 25 360 KB and Not Installed Drive Emulation LS 120 and ZIP drives only Allows you to select a drive emulation type for a storage device For example a Zip drive can be made bootable by selecting hard disk or diskette emulation Transfer
237. n 1 R Red Analog 9 PWR 5 VDC fused 1 2 G Blue Analog 10 GND Ground 3 B Green Analog 11 NC Not Connected 4 NC Not Connected 12 SDA DDC2 B Data 5 GND Ground 13 Horizontal Sync 6 R GND Red Analog Ground 14 VSync Vertical Sync 7 G GND Green Analog Ground 15 SCL DDC2 B Clock 8 B GND Blue Analog Ground NOTES 1 Fuse automatically resets when excessive load is removed Compaq Personal Computers E 5 Changed October 2001 Appendix J Compaq NVIDIA Quadro2 EX MXR Graphics Cards This page is intentionally blank E 6 Compaq Personal Computers Changed October2001 Technical Reference Guide Appendix F COMPAQ Matrox Millennium G450 AGP GRAPHICS CARD F 1 INTRODUCTION This appendix describes the Compaq Matrox Millennium G450 AGP Graphics Card used in the standard configuration on some models and also available as an option This card layout shown in the following figure installs in a system s slot The Compaq Matrox Millennium G450 graphics card SP 203626 001 provides high 2D performance and entry level 3D capabilities This card features a dual RAMDAC design for driving two analog displays Feature Connector SD RGB Monitor RAM RAM Connectors SDRAM MGA Dual RAMDAC SDRAM Controller Figure 1 Compaq Matrox Millennium G450 AGP Graphics Card Layout PCA 202901 001 This appendix covers the
238. n the PCI bus is listed in the following table VddQ Vcc3 Vcc5 Voltage 1 5 VDC 8 3 VDC b 0 VDC Maximum Current Drain 05 A 2 4 0 2A Maximum Power Consumption 0 75 W 7 99 W 1 04 W Total maximum power consumption for this card 15 9 1 watts F 4 Compaq Personal Computers Original November 2000 Technical Reference Guide F 6 F 6 1 CONNECTORS There are three connectors associated with the graphics subsystem two display monitor connectors and the Feature connector NOTE The graphic card s edge connector mates with the AGP slot connector on the system board This interface is described in chapter 4 of this guide MONITOR CONNECTOR The display monitor connector 1s provided for connection of a compatible RGB analog monitor Figure F 3 VGA Monitor Connector One of two female DB 15 as viewed from rear Table F 3 DB 15 Monitor Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 R Red Analog 9 PWR 5 VDC fused 1 2 G Blue Analog 10 GND Ground 3 B Green Analog 11 NC Not Connected 4 NC Not Connected 12 SDA DDC2 B Data 5 GND Ground 13 Horizontal Sync 6 R GND Red Analog Ground 14 VSync Vertical Sync 7 G GND Green Analog Ground 15 SCL DDC2 B Clock 8 B GND Blue Analog Ground NOTES 1 Fuse automatically resets when excessive load is removed Compaq Personal Computers F 5 Original November 2000 Appendix Compaq
239. n w HD activity 51 Suspend Blinks green 1 Hz Off 53 Suspend to RAM Blinks green 1 Hz Off 54 Suspend to disk Blinks green 0 5 Hz Off S5 Soft off Off clear Off Processor not seated Steady red Off CPU thermal shutdown Blinks red 4 Hz 1 Off ROM error Blinks red 1 Hz Off Power supply crowbar activated Blinks red 0 5 Hz Off System off Off Off NOTE 1 Later systems using PCA s 011305 011308 or 011311 will power down for this condition Intruder sensing Used on Small Form Factor and Slim Desktop models battery backed D latch logic internal to the LPC47B357 is connected to the hood sensor switch to record hood cover removal Hood lock unlock Used Small Form Factor and Slim Desktop models logic internal to the LPC47B34x controls the lock bar mechanism security The parallel serial and diskette interfaces may be disabled individually by software and the LPC47B357 s disabling register locked If the disabling register is locked a system reset through a cold boot is required to gain access to the disabling Device Disable register Processor present speed detection One of the battery back general purpose inputs GPI26 of the LPC47B357 detects 1f the processor has been removed The occurrence of this event is passed to the ICH2 that will during the next boot sequence initiate the speed selection routine for the processor The speed selection function replaces the manual DIP switch co
240. nd their IRQ settings Allows you to reconfigure IRQ settings for these devices or to disable them entirely Continued Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Table 8 3 Setup Utility Functions Continued Heading Option Advanced Bus Options continued Device Options PCI VGA Configuration Technical Reference Guide Description Allows user to enable or disable PCI bus mastering which allows a PCI device to take control of the PCI bus PCI palette snooping which sets the palette snooping bit in PCI configuration space this is only needed with more than one graphics controller installed PCI SERR Generation Allows user to set Printer mode bi directional EPP amp ECP output only Num Lock state at power on off on PME power management event wakeup events enable disable Processor cache enable disable Processor Number enable disable for Pentium processors ACPI S3 support enable disable S3 is an ACPI advanced configuration and power interface sleep state that some add in hardware options may not support AGP Aperture size options vary depending on platform allows you to modify the size of your AGP aperture size window Appears only if there are multiple PCI video adapters in the system Allows users to specify which controller will be the boot or primary controller Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers8 11 Feat
241. ndows Also this password must be set in order to use some Compaq remote security tools See the Troubleshooting Guide for more information Power On Password Allows user to set and enable power on password See the Troubleshooting Guide for more information Password Options Allows user to Enable disable network server mode Note This selection will appear only if a power on password is set Specify whether password is required for warm boot CTRL ALT DEL Note This selection is available only when Network Server Mode is disabled See the Desktop Management Guide for more information Smart Cover Allows user to Enable disable the Smart Cover Lock Enable disable Smart Cover Sensor Notify User alerts the user that the sensor has detected that the cover has been removed Setup Password requires that the setup password be entered to boot the computer if the sensor detects that the cover has been removed Feature supported on select models only Refer to the Desktop Management Guide for more information Continued 8 8 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Table 8 3 Setup Utility Functions Continued Heading Option Security Master Boot Record Security continued Save Master Boot Record Restore Master Boot Record Device Security Network Service Boot System IDs Technical Reference Guide Description Allows user to enab
242. nfiguration function for the processor memory subsystem Table 3 4 lists the configuration registers used for setting and checking such parameters as memory control and PCI bus operation These registers reside in the PCI Configuration Space and accessed using the methods described in Chapter 4 section 4 2 Table 3 4 Host PCI Bridge Configuration Registers GMCH Device 0 PCI Config PCI Config Reset Addr Register Addr egister Value 00 01h Vender ID 6A 6Bh DRAM Control Reg 00h 02 03h Device ID 6C 6Fh Memory Buffer Strength 55h 04 05h Command 70h Multi Transaction Timer 00h 06 07h Status 71h CPU Latency Timer 10h 08h Revision ID 72h SMRAM Control 02h 0A 0Bh Class Code 90h Error Command 00h ODh Latency Timer 91h Error Status Register 0 00h 92h Error Status Register 1 00h 10 13h Aperture Base Config 93h Reset Control 00h 50 51h PAC Config Reg 0 Capability Identifier N A 53h Data Buffer Control A4 A7h AGP Status N A 55 56h DRAM Row Type A8 ABh AGP Command 00h 57h DRAM Control BO B3h AGP Control 00h 58h DRAM Timing B4h Aperture Size 0000h 59 5Fh PAM 0 6 Registers B8 BBh Aperture Translation Table 0000h 60 67h DRAM Row Boundary BCh Aperture I F Timer 00h 68h Fixed DRAM Hole BDh Low Priority Timer 00h NOTES Refer to Intel Inc documentation for detailed description of registers Assume unmarked locations gaps as reserved
243. nfiguration procedure required on previous systems Legacy ACPI power button mode control The LPC47B357 receives the pulse signal from the system s power button and produces the PS On signal according to the mode legacy or ACPI selected Refer to chapter 7 for more information regarding power management 4 42 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 5 INPUT OUTPUT INTERFACES 5 1 5 2 5 2 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter describes the standard 1 system board interfaces that provide input and output I O porting of data and specifically discusses interfaces that are controlled through I O mapped registers The following I O interfaces are covered in this chapter Enhanced IDE interface 5 2 page 5 1 Diskette drive interface 5 3 page 5 4 Serial interfaces 5 4 page 5 8 Parallel interface 5 5 page 5 11 Keyboard pointing device interface 5 6 page 5 16 Universal serial bus interface 5 7 page 5 22 Audio subsystem 5 8 page 5 26 Network interface controller 5 9 page 5 32 ENHANCED IDE INTERFACE The enhanced IDE EIDE interface consists of primary and secondary controllers integrated into the 82801 ICH2 component of the chipset Two 40 pin IDE connectors one for each controller are included on the system board Each controller can be configured independently for the followin
244. nglish Windows 101W Key Keyboard Key Positions 1 2 14 5 6 17 10 11 12 14 15 116 C 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 125 26 27 28 29 31 32 33 134 35 36 37 38 39 140 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 1541 55 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 103 72 73749 75 1104 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 92 110 93 94 95 411 112 96 97 98 99 100 801 Figure 6 National Windows 102W Key Keyboard Key Positions C 6 Compaq Personal Computers Changed July 2000 Technical Reference Guide C 2 3 3 Easy Access Keyboards The Easy Access keyboard is a Windows Enhanced type keyboard that includes special buttons allowing quick internet navigation Depending on system either a 7 button or an 8 button layout may be supplied The 7 button Easy Access Keyboard uses the layout shown in Figure C 7 an
245. ntegrated into the chipset Each controller provides UATA 100 support for two drives for a total of four IDE devices although the form factor will determine the actual number of drive spaces available SERIAL AND PARALLEL INTERFACES models include two serial ports and a parallel port accessible at the rear of the chassis Each serial port 15 RS 232 C 16550 compatible and supports standard baud rates up to 115 200 as well as two high speed baud rates of 230K and 460K and utilize DB 9 connectors The parallel interface 15 Enhanced Parallel Port EPP1 9 and Enhanced Capability Port ECP compatible and supports bi directional data transfers through a DB 25 connector UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS INTERFACE models feature two Universal Serial Bus USB ports that provide a 12Mb s interface for peripherals The USB provides hot plugging unplugging Plug n Play functionality NETWORK INTERFACE CONTROLLER models feature a Network Interface Controller NIC integrated on the system board Equivalent to the Intel 82559 10 100 NIC the controller provides automatic selection of IOBASE T or 100BASE TX operation with a local area network and includes power down wake up and Alert On LAN features An RJ 45 connector with integrated status LEDs 1s provided on the rear panel Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers2 17 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 4 9 GRAPH
246. nter 0060 0067h Microcontroller NMI Controller alternating addresses 0070 0077h RTC Controller 0080 0091h DMA Controller 0092h Port A Fast A20 Reset Generator 0093 009Fh DMA Controller 00A0 00B1h Interrupt Controller 2 00 2 00B3h APM Control Status Ports 00B4 00BDh Interrupt Controller 00CO0 00DFh DMA Controller 2 OOFOh Coprocessor error register 0170 0177h IDE Controller 2 active only if standard I O space is enabled for primary drive 01F0 01F7h IDE Controller 1 active only if standard I O space is enabled for secondary drive 0278 027Fh Parallel Port LPT2 02E8 02EFh Serial Port COM4 02F8 02FFh Serial Port COM2 0370 0377h Diskette Drive Controller Secondary Address 0376h IDE Controller 2 active only if standard I O space is enabled for primary drive 0378 037Fh Parallel Port LPT1 03B0 03DFh Graphics Controller 03BC 03BEh Parallel Port LPT3 03E8 03EFh Serial Port COM3 03F0 03F5h Diskette Drive Controller Primary Addresses O3F6h IDE Controller 1 active only if standard I O space is enabled for sec drive 03F8 03FFh Serial Port COM1 04D0 04D1h Interrupt Controller 0678 067Fh Parallel Port LPT2 0778 077Fh Parallel Port LPT1 07BC 07BEh Parallel Port LPT3 OCF8h PCI Configuration Address dword access only OCF9h Reset Control Register OCFCh PCI Configuration Data byte word or dword access NOTE Assume unmarked gaps are unused reserved or used by functions that employ variable I O ad
247. o the codes required by the BIOS This mode was made necessary with the development of the Enhanced III keyboard which includes additional functions over earlier standard keyboards Applications should use BIOS function INT 16h with AH 10h 11h and 12h for obtaining codes and status data In Mode 2 the keyboard generates the Break code a two byte sequence that consists of a Make code immediately preceded by FOh 1 e Break code for OEh is FOh OEh Mode3 Mode 3 generates a different scan code set from Modes 1 and 2 Code translation must be disabled since translation for this mode cannot be done Compaq Personal Computers 11 Changed July 2000 Appendix Keyboard Table C 2 Keyboard Scan Codes Key Make Break Codes Hex Pos Legend Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 1 Esc 01 81 76 F0 76 08 na 2 F1 3B BB 05 F0 05 07 na 3 F2 3C BC 06 0 06 OF na 4 F3 3D BD 04 0 04 17 na 5 F4 3E BE 1F na 6 F5 3F BF 03 0 03 27 na 7 F6 40 CO 2 8 F7 41 C1 83 F0 83 37 na 9 F8 42 C2 OA FO 3F na 10 F9 43 C3 01 FO 01 47 na 11 F10 44 C4 09 0 09 4 12 11 57 07 78 0 78 56 na 13 F12 58 D8 07 FO 07 5E na 14 Print Scrn 2A 37 E0 B7 AA EO 2A EO 7C EO FO 7C EO 12 57 EO 37 E0 B7 1 2 EO 7 7C 1 2 54 84 3 84 84 3 15 Scroll Lock 46 C6 7E FO 7E 5F na 16 Pause E1
248. okes The Easy Access keyboards Figures C 7 and C 8 include additional keys also referred to as buttons used to streamline internet access and navigation These buttons which can be re programmed to provide other functions have the default functionality described below 7 Button Easy Access Keyboard Button Description Default Function 1 Check email Email 2 Go to community Emoney 3 Extra web site Compaq web site 4 Go to favorite web site AltaVista web site 5 Internet search Search 6 Instant answer Travel expenses 7 E commerce Shopping 8 Button Easy Access Keyboard Button Description Default Function 1 Go to favorite web site Customer web site of choice 2 Go to AltaVista AltaVista web site 3 Search AltaVista search engine 4 Check Email Launches user Email 5 Business Community Industry specification info 6 Market Monitor Launches Bloomberg market monitor 7 Meeting Center Links to user s project center 8 News PC Lock News retrieval service All buttons may be re programmed by the user through the Easy Access utility C 10 Personal Computers Changed July 2000 Technical Reference Guide C 2 5 KEYBOARD COMMANDS Table C 1 lists the commands that the keyboard can send to the system specifically to the 8042 type logic Table C 1 Keyboard to System Commands Command Value Description Key
249. on March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 2 3 2 CHASSIS LAYOUTS This section describes the internal layouts of the chassis For detailed information on servicing the chassis refer to the multimedia training CD ROM and or the maintenance and service guide for these systems The chassis layout for the Small Form Factor is shown in Figure 2 4 Service features include Easily removable card cage assembly Tilting drive bay assembly for easy access to processor and memory sockets Slots On Backplane Rear View Smart Cover Lock Back Solenoid Card Cage Assembly u 4 1 SNP __ Power Supply CI System Board 3 u CI Upper Drive Bays is 1 Tilting Assembly TE Speaker Assembly 1 EL Lower Drive Bay Front NOTE 1 Installed on systems with integrated AC97 audio Figure 2 4 Small Form Factor Chassis Layout Top View Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 2 7 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 2 System Overview Figure 2 5 shows the layout for the Slim Desktop Service features include Tilting upper drive bay assembly for easy access to all drive bays Easy access to expansion slots and all socketed system board components System Board Auxiliary Chassis Fan 2 PCI Slot 1 PCI Slot 2
250. on Memory Map A lithium 3 VDC battery 15 used for maintaining the RTC and configuration memory while the system is powered down During system operation a wire Ored circuit allows the RTC and configuration memory to draw power from the power supply The battery is located in a battery holder on the system board and has a life expectancy of four to eight years When the battery has expired it 1s replaced with a Renata CR2032 or equivalent 3 VDC lithium battery CLEARING CMOS The contents of configuration memory including the Power On Password can be cleared by the following procedure 1 Turn off the unit 2 Disconnect the AC power cord from the outlet and or system unit Remove the chassis hood cover and insure that no LEDs on the system board are illuminated Press and release the CMOS clear button on the system board Replace the chassis hood cover Reconnect the AC power cord to the outlet and or system unit Turn the unit on clear only Power On Password refer to section 4 7 1 1 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 23 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support 4 6 2 CMOS ARCHIVE AND RESTORE During the boot sequence the BIOS saves a copy of NVRAM CMOS contents password s and other system variables in a portion of the flash ROM Should the system become un usable the last good copy of NVRAM data can be restored with
251. on a 16 byte boundary between the physical address range of 0E0000h OFFFFFh The format is as follows Offset Bytes Description 00h 4 Service identifier four ASCII characters 04h 4 Entry point for the BIOS32 Service Directory 08h 1 Revision level 09h 1 Length of data structure no of 16 byte units 1 Checksum should add up to 00h OBh 5 Reserved all 0s 8 12 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide To support Windows NT an additional table to the BIOS32 table has been defined to contain 32 bit pointers for the locations The Windows NT extension table 15 as follows Extension to BIOS SERVICE directory table next paragraph db 3208 sig 2 number of entries in table db DDC DDC POST buffer sig dd 32 bit pointer dw byte size db ERB ESCD sig dd 32 bit pointer dw f bytes size The service identifier for client management functions is CLM Once the service identifier is found and the checksum verified a FAR call is invoked using the value specified at offset 04h to retrieve the CM services entry point The following entry conditions are used for calling the Desktop Management service directory INPUT OUTPUT EAX Service Identifier SCLM EBX 31 8 Reserved EBX 7 0 Must be set to 00h CS 7 Code selector set to encompass the physi
252. on mode known as the Idle phase 5 4 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 5 3 1 DISKETTE DRIVE PROGRAMMING Programming the diskette drive interface consists of configuration which occurs typically during POST and control which occurs at runtime 5 3 1 1 Diskette Drive Interface Configuration The diskette drive controller must be configured for a specific address and also must be enabled before it can be used Address selection and enabling of the diskette drive interface are affected by firmware through the PnP configuration registers of the 47B357 I O controller during POST The configuration registers are accessed through I O registers 2Eh index and 2Fh data after the configuration phase has been activated by writing 55h to port 2Eh The diskette drive 15 initiated by firmware selecting logical device 0 of the 47B357 using the following sequence Write 07h to I O register 2Eh Write 00h to I O register 2Fh this selects the diskette drive I F Write 30h to I O register 2Eh Write 01h to I O register 2Fh this activates the interface Pp Writing AAh to 2Eh deactivates configuration phase The diskette drive I F configuration registers are listed in the following table Table 5 4 Diskette Drive Interface Configuration Registers Index Reset Address Function R W Va
253. ous functions such as the keyboard mouse interfaces diskette interface serial interfaces and parallel interface While the control of these interfaces uses standard AT type I O addressing as described in chapter 5 the configuration of these functions uses indexed ports unique to the LPC47B357 In these systems hardware strapping selects I O addresses 02Eh and 02Fh at reset as the Index Data ports for accessing the logical devices within the LPC47B357 Table 4 19 lists the PnP standard control registers for the LPC47B357 Table 4 19 LPC47B357 I O Controller Control Registers Index Function Reset Value 02h Configuration Control 00h 03h Reserved 07h Logical Device Interface Select 00h 00h Diskette Drive I F 011 Reserved 02h Reserved 03h Parallel I F 04h Serial I F UART 1 Port A 05h Serial I F UART 2 Port B 06h Reserved 07h Keyboard I F 08h Reserved 09h Reserved OAh Runtime Registers GPIO Config OBh Reserved 20h Super ID Register SID 56h 21h Revision 221 Logical Device Power Control 00h 23h Logical Device Power Management 00h 24h PLL Oscillator Control 04h 25h Reserved 26h Configuration Address Low Byte 27h Configuration Address High Byte 28 2Fh Reserved NOTE For a detailed description of registers refer to appropriate SMC documentation The configuration registers are accessed through I O registers 2Eh index and 2Fh data after the
254. pages Processor speeds above 1 0 GHz are supported only by 5 011305 011308 011311 Upgrading the processor may require the connection of a power cable from the processor s heat sink mounted fan to a header on the system board The processor core voltage and operating frequency are automatically set early in power cycle process No DIP switch settings are involved in replacing the processor 3 2 3 3 Software Considerations In Upgrading Although the Celeron and Pentium III processors are software compatible it is recommended that the replacement processor be either of the same family as the existing processor 1 Celeron for Celeron or Pentium for Pentium or an upgrade Pentium III for a Celeron A downgrade going from a Pentium III to a Celeron may result in problems with resident software that has been to take advantage of the Pentium III processor s special features and performance 3 4 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 3 3 Technical Reference Guide MEMORY SUBSYSTEM The system boards for these systems provide three 168 pin SDRAM DIMM sockets that accommodate single or double sided DIMMs and can handle a maximum of 512 megabytes of SDRAM These systems support and are shipped with PC133 SDRAM for system memory providing a maximum possible throughput of 1 GB s NOTE For 133 MHz SDRAM operation to
255. patibility hole DDC Display Data Channel DIMM dual inline memory module DIN Deutche IndustriNorm connector type DIP dual inline package DMA direct memory access DMI Desktop management interface dpi dots per inch DRAM dynamic random access memory DRQ data request EDID extended display identification data EDO extended data out RAM type EEPROM electrically eraseable PROM EGA enhanced graphics adapter EIA Electronic Industry Association EISA extended ISA EPP enhanced parallel port EIDE enhanced IDE ESCD Extended System Configuration Data format EV Environmental Variable data ExCA Exchangeable Card Architecture FIFO first in first out FL flag register FM frequency modulation FPM fast page mode RAM type FPU Floating point unit numeric or math coprocessor FPS Frames per second ft Foot feet GB gigabyte GMCH Graphics memory controller hub GND ground GPIO general purpose GPOC general purpose open collector GART Graphics address re mapping table GUI graphics user interface h hexadecimal HW hardware hex hexadecimal Hz Hertz cycles per second ICH controller hub IDE integrated drive element IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers IF interrupt flag interface Continued Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 1 5 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 1 Introduction Table 1 1 Acronyms and Abbreviations Continue
256. puters2 11 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 4 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE The Compaq Deskpro and Evo systems covered in this guide feature an architecture based on the Intel Pentium III or Celeron processor working with the Intel 815E chipset Figure 2 9 AII models use SDRAM for system memory provide AGP 4X graphics support and include PCI bus expansion capability Standard configurations for Evo D500 small form factor models include Celeron processors Standard configurations for Deskpro EN models include Celeron and Pentium III processors Standard configurations for the Deskpro Workstation AP230 models include Pentium processors 4 NOTE This guide covers only Celeron and Pentium III based models of Deskpro and Evo products Pentium 4 based models of these series are covered in another guide The 815E chipset includes the 82815 GMCH designed to support a Pentium III or Celeron processor with FSB speeds of either 66 100 or 133 MHz The GMCH also includes an SDRAM controller supporting up to three PC133 DIMMs Two standard graphics configurations are available The 82815 GMCH includes a 1740 equivalent AGP 4X graphics controller that is implemented in the integrated configuration while an NVIDIA TNT Pro AGP 4X graphics controller is used for the external configuration All systems feature AC 97 compatible audio subsystems and include microphone and
257. r connecting a set of 16 ohm nom stereo headphones or powered speakers Plugging into the Headphones jack mutes the signal to the internal speaker and on SFF systems the Line Out jack as well Line Out SFF only This output uses a three conductor stereo mini jack for connecting left and right channel line level signals 20 K ohm impedance A typical connection would be to a tape recorder s Line In Record In jacks an amplifier s Line In jacks or to powered speakers that contain amplifiers Plugging into the Line Out mutes the internal speaker 5 26 Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Speaker 82801 PC Beep Audio t ICH2 2 Legacy PC Beep Audio EN Models Only 82801 ICH2 PC Beep Audio AC 97 Audio AC97 Cntir Link Bus Internal Speaker L R Audio TDA 7056 5 Line In V i HP Out Audio L R Headphones Line Out CD Audio L CD ROM CD Audio R Embedded AC 97 Audio Slim Desktop Configurable Minitower Embedded AC 97 Audio Small Form Factor 82801 ICH2 PC Beep Audio AGAT AC97 Equalizer Audio Link Bus Cntlr Internal Speaker Mono T Mic In Audio i AD1885 Line In R gt Audio ense _ i
258. r component and provides bi directional 8 bit parallel data transfers with a peripheral device The parallel interface supports three main modes of operation Standard Parallel Port SPP mode Enhanced Parallel Port EPP mode Extended Capabilities Port ECP mode These three modes and their submodes provide complete support as specified for an IEEE 1284 parallel port STANDARD PARALLEL PORT MODE The Standard Parallel Port SPP mode uses software based protocol and includes two sub modes of operation compatible and extended both of which can provide data transfers up to 150 KB s In the compatible mode CPU write data is simply presented on the eight data lines A CPU read of the parallel port yields the last data byte that was written The following steps define the standard procedure for communicating with a printing device 1 The system checks the Printer Status register If the Busy Paper Out or Printer Fault signals are indicated as being active the system either waits for a status change or generates an error message 2 The system sends a byte of data to the Printer Data register then pulses the printer STROBE signal through the Printer Control register for at least 500 ns 3 system then monitors the Printer Status register for acknowledgment of the data byte before sending the next byte In extended mode a direction control bit CTR 37Ah bit lt 5 gt controls the latching of output data while allowing
259. rimary Secondary 1152 x 864 24 16 7M 75 Hz Primary 1152 x 864 32 16 7M 75 Hz Primary Secondary 1280 x 960 8 256 85 Hz Primary 1280 x 960 16 65K 85 Hz Primary Secondary 1280 x 960 24 16 7M 85 Hz Primary 1280 x 960 32 16 7M 85 Hz Primary Secondary 1280 x 1024 8 256 85 Hz Primary 1280 x 1024 16 65K 85 Hz Primary Secondary 1280 x 1024 24 16 7M 85 Hz Primary 1280 x 1024 32 16 7M 85 Hz Primary Secondary 1600 x 1200 8 256 85 Hz Primary 1600 x 1200 16 65K 85 Hz Primary Secondary 1600 x 1200 24 16 7M 85 Hz Primary 1600 x 1200 32 16 7M 85 Hz Primary Secondary 1800 x 1440 8 256 85 Hz Primary 1800 x 1440 16 65K 85 Hz Primary 1800 x 1440 24 16 7M 85 Hz Primary 1856 x 1392 8 256 85 Hz Primary 1856 x 1392 16 65K 85 Hz Primary 1856 x 1392 24 16 7M 85 Hz Primary 1920 x 1440 8 256 85 Hz Primary 1920 x 1440 16 65K 85 Hz Primary 1920 x 1440 24 16 7M 85 Hz Primary 2048 x 768 8 256 75 Hz Primary 2048 x 768 16 65K 75 Hz Primary NOTE 1 Value reflects hardware capabilities only May be restricted by operating system Compaq Personal Computers F 3 Original November 2000 Appendix Compaq Matrox Millennium 6450 Graphics Card F 4 SOFTWARE SUPPORT INFORMATION The Matrox Millennium G450 graphics card is fully compatible with software written for legacy video modes VGA EGA CGA and needs no driver support for those modes Drivers are provided with or available for the card to provide extended mode support for the curren
260. ro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 8 3 3 MEMORY DETECTION AND CONFIGURATION This system uses the Serial Presence Detect SPD method of determining the installed DIMM configuration The BIOS communicates with an EEPROM on each DIMM through the SMBus to obtain data on the following DIMM parameters Presence Size Type Timing CAS latency PC133 capability 9999 NOTE Refer to Chapter 3 Processor Memory Subsystem for the SPD format and DIMM data specific to this system The BIOS performs memory detection and configuration with the following steps 1 Program the buffer strength control registers based on SPD data and the DIMM slots that are populated Determine the common CAS latency that can be supported by the DIMMs Determine the memory size for each DIMM and program the GMCH accordingly Enable refresh Determine if the memory configuration will allow for 133MHz memory operation and program the memory clock and GMCH see note below sso oro i NOTE The presence of PC133 compliant DIMMS will be indicated BIOS reading 75h from byte 9 and 64h or 85h from byte 126 For PC133 operation to occur the FSB of the processor must be running at 133 MHz and all installed DIMMs must be PC133 compliant and total no more than four sides Refer to Chapter 3 for more details on PC133 operation 8 3 4 BOOT ERROR CODE
261. roller X Mixer Gen di 1 4 3D Proc 4 Q Data L Analog PAGS 2 L E M 4 1 DAC 1 Output E I Circuits R R Da L lt 30 Proc o Data b DAC _J lt 1 1 1 Figure 5 13 AD1885 Audio Codec Functional Block Diagram inputs and outputs are two channel stereo except for the microphone input which 15 inputted as a single channel but mixed internally onto both left and right channels The microphone input 15 the default active input block functions are controlled through index addressed registers of the codec Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers5 29 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 8 5 AUDIO PROGRAMMING Audio subsystem programming consists configuration typically accomplished during POST and control which occurs during runtime 5 8 5 1 Audio Configuration The audio subsystem is configured according to PCI protocol through the AC 97 audio controller function of the 82801 ICH2 Table 5 21 lists the PCI configuration registers of the audio subsvstem Table 5 21 AC 97 Audio Controller PCI Configuration Registers 82801 Device 31 Function 5 PCI Value Value Conf on on Addr Register Reset Register Reset 00 01h Vender ID 8086h Native Audio Bus Mstr Addr 1 02 03h Device
262. roller 1 can move up to 64 Kbytes of data per DMA transfer DMA controller 2 can move up to 64 Kwords 128 Kbytes of data per DMA transfer Word DMA operations are only possible between 16 bit memory and 16 bit peripherals The RAM refresh is designed to perform a memory read cycle on each of the 512 row addresses in the DRAM memory space Refresh operations are used to refresh memory on the 32 bit memory bus and the ISA bus The refresh address is provided on lines SA00 through SA08 Address lines LA23 17 SA18 19 are driven low The remaining address lines are in an undefined state during the refresh cycle The refresh operations are driven by a 69 799 K Hz clock generated by Interval Timer 1 Counter 1 The refresh rate 1s 128 refresh cycles in 2 038 ms 4 4 2 2 Controller Registers Table 4 12 lists the DMA Controller Registers and their I O port addresses Note that there is a set of registers for each DMA controller Table 4 12 DMA Controller Registers Register Controller 1 Controller 2 R W Status 008h ODOh R Command 008h ODOh OOBh OD6h Write Single Mask Bit 00Ah 0041 Write Mask Bits ODEh Software DRQx Request 009h 0021 Base and Current Address Ch 0 000h OCOh Current Address Ch 0 000h OCOh R Base and Current Word Count Ch 0 001h 0C2h Current Word Count Ch 0 001h 0C2h R Base and Current
263. rt On LAN ASIC application specific integrated circuit AT 1 attention modem commands 2 286 based PC architecture ATA AT attachment IDE protocol ATAPI AT attachment w packet interface extensions AVI audio video interleaved AVGA Advanced VGA AWG American Wire Gauge specification BAT Basic assurance test BCD binary coded decimal BIOS basic input output system bis second new revision BNC Bayonet Neill Concelman connector type bps or b s bits per second BSP Bootstrap processor BTO Built to order CAS column address strobe CD compact disk CD ROM compact disk read only memory CDS compact disk system CGA color graphics adapter Ch Channel chapter cm centimeter CMC cache memory controller CMOS complimentary metal oxide semiconductor configuration memory controller control codec 1 coder decoder 2 compressor decompressor CPQ Compaq CPU central processing unit CRIMM Continuity blank RIMM CRT cathode ray tube CSM Compaq system management Compaq server management Continued 1 4 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Table 1 1 Acronyms and Abbreviations Continued Acronym Abbreviation Description DAC digital to analog converter DC direct current DCH DOS com
264. rt by the application Print Scrn The Print Scrn pos 14 key can when pressed generate an interrupt that initiates a print routine This function may be inhibited by the application Scroll Lock The Scroll Lock key pos 15 when pressed and released invokes a BIOS routine that turns on the scroll lock LED and inhibits movement of the cursor When pressed and released again the LED is turned off and the function is removed This keystroke is always serviced by the BIOS as indicated by the LED but may be inhibited or ignored by the application Pause The Pause pos 16 key when pressed can be used to cause the keyboard interrupt to loop 1 wait for another key to be pressed This can be used to momentarily suspend an operation The key that is pressed to resume operation is discarded This function may be ignored by the application The Esc Fn function Insert Home Page Up Down Delete and End keys operate at the discretion of the application software C 8 Personal Computers Changed July 2000 Technical Reference Guide C 2 4 2 Multi Keystroke Functions Shift The Shift key pos 75 86 when held down produces a shift state upper case for keys in positions 17 29 30 39 51 60 70 and 76 85 as long as the Caps Lock key pos 59 is toggled off If the Caps Lock key is toggled on then a held Shift key produces the lower normal case for the identified pressed keys The Shift key also rever
265. s been set in the system the boot block will prompt for this password by illuminating the caps lock keyboard LED and displaying a message if video support is available A PS 2 keyboard must be used during bootblock operation Since video may not be available during the initial boot sequence the boot block routine uses the Num Lock Caps Lock and Scroll Lock LEDs of the PS 2 keyboard to communicate the status of the ROM flash as follows Table 8 1 Boot Block Codes Num Lock Cap Lock Scroll Lock LED LED LED Meaning Off On Off Administrator password required On Off Off Boot failed Reset required for retry Off Off On Flash failed On On On Flash complete 8 2 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 8 2 2 CHANGEABLE SPLASH SCREEN The splash screen image displayed during POST is stored in the BIOS ROM and may be replaced with another image of choice by using the Image Flash utility Flashi exe The Image Flash utility allows the user to browse directories for image searching and pre viewing Background and foreground colors can be chosen from the selected image s palette The splash screen image requirements are as follows Format Windows bitmap with 4 bit RLE encoding Size 424 width x 320 height pixels Colors 16 4 bits per pixel FileSize 64 The Image Flash utility can be invoked at
266. ses the Num Lock state of key positions 55 57 72 74 88 90 100 and 101 Ctrl The Ctrl keys pos 92 96 can be used in conjunction with keys in positions 1 13 16 17 34 39 54 60 71 and 76 84 The application determines the actual function Both Ctrl key positions provide identical functionality The pressed combination of Ctrl and Break pos 16 results in the generation of BIOS function INT 1Bh This software interrupt provides a method of exiting an application and generally halts execution of the current program Alt The Alt keys pos 93 95 can be used in conjunction with the same keys available for use with the Ctrl keys with the exception that position 14 SysRq is available instead of position 16 Break The Alt key can also be used in conjunction with the numeric keypad keys pos 55 57 72 74 and 88 90 to enter the decimal value of an ASCII character code from 1 255 The application determines the actual function of the keystrokes Both Alt key positions provide identical functionality The combination keystroke of Alt and SysRq results in software interrupt 15h AX 8500h being executed It is up to the application to use or not use this BIOS function The Ctrl and Alt keys can be used together in conjunction with keys in positions 1 13 17 34 39 54 60 71 and 76 84 The Ctrl and Alt key positions used and the sequence in which they are pressed make no difference as long as they are held down at the time the third key 1s pr
267. seseesecsessecsesnseceenaes 5 25 TABLE 5 20 USB CABLE LENGTH 2 42 4 2 41 00900 00009 4 44 5 25 TABLE 5 21 AC 97 AUDIO CONTROLLER PCI CONFIGURATION REGISTERS eene 5 30 TABLE 5 22 AC 97 AUDIO CODEC CONTROL 5 0 5 30 TABLE 5 23 AUDIO SUBSYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS 2 2 22 2 004000000000 nennen 5 31 FABLE 5 24 AOL EVENTS testis het ih He cred Ec EE eed 5 33 TABLE 5 25 NIC CONTROLLER PCI CONFIGURATION REGISTERS 5 35 TABLE 5 26 NIC CONTROL 8 85 4 4 20 2000 4000000000000000000500 5 5 35 TABLE 5 27 82559 NIC OPERATING 8 1 02 0 11 4 5 36 TABLE 5 28 REMOTE SYSTEM ALERT 5 38 TABLE 6 1 INTEL GRAPHICS DISPLAY MODES 2 4222 02041400000000000000000000000050000000 6 4 TABLE 6 2 815 BASED GRAPHICS CONTROLLER PCI CONFIGURATION REGISTERS eene 6 5 TABLE 6 3 NVIDIA TNT2 PRO GRAPHICS DISPLAY 6 7 TABLE 6 4 MONITOR POWER MANAGEMENT CONDITIONS 2 6 8 TABLE 6 5 DB 15 MONITOR CONNECTOR PINOUT 2 24 1 00 00000010000000000 nnns 6 8
268. sktop Configurable Minitower 684h 686P2 CPQ0005 The ROM family and version numbers can be verified with the Setup utility or the Compaq Insight Manager or Diagnostics applications 8 5 2 EDID RETRIEVE The BIOS function INT 15 AX E813h is a tri modal call that retrieves the VESA extended display identification data EDID Two subfunctions are provided AX E8 13h BH 00h retrieves the EDID information while AX E813h BX 01h determines the level of DDC support Input AX E813h BH 00 Get EDID BH 01 Get DDC support level If BH 00 then DS E SI Pointer to a buffer 128 bytes where ROM will return block If 32 bit protected mode then DS E SI Pointer to DDC location Output Successful If BH 0 DS SI Buffer with EDID file CX Number of bytes written CF 0 AH 00h Completion of command If BH 1 BH System DDC support lt 0 gt 1 DDC1 support lt 1 gt 1 DDC2 support BL Monitor DDC support lt 0 gt 1 DDC1 support lt 1 gt 1 DDC2 support lt 2 gt 1 Screen blanked during transfer Failure CF 1 AH 86h or 87h 8 14 Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 8 5 3 8 5 4 8 6 Technical Reference Guide TEMPERATURE STATUS The BIOS includes a function INT15 AX E816h to retrieve the status of a system s interior temperature This function allows an application to check whether the temperature situation is
269. sktop and Configurable Minitower Certain clock outputs are turned off during reduced power modes to conserve energy Clock output control is handled through the SMBus interface by BIOS 4 22 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 4 6 4 6 1 Technical Reference Guide REAL TIME CLOCK AND CONFIGURATION MEMORY The Real time clock RTC and configuration memory also referred to as CMOS functions are provided by the 82801 ICH2 component and is MC146818 compatible As shown in the following figure the 82801 ICH2 component provides 256 bytes of battery backed RAM divided into two 128 byte configuration memory areas The uses the first 14 bytes 00 0Dh of the standard memory area All locations of the standard memory area 00 7Fh can be directly accessed using conventional OUT and IN assembly language instructions through I O ports 70h 7 1h although the suggested method is to use the INTI5 AX E823h BIOS call ODh Register D 82801 FFh Ocn RegiserC OBh Register B Extended Config OAh Register A Memory Area 09h Year 128 bytes 08h Month 07 Date of Month 80h 06h Day of Week 7Fh 05h Hours Alarm Standard Config 04 Hours Timer Memory Area 03h Minutes Alarm 114 bytes 02h Minutes Timer 01h Seconds Alarm 00h Seconds Timer OEh RTC Area ODh 14 bytes 00h Figure 4 10 Configurati
270. sonal Computers8 23 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM This page is intentionally blank 8 24 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Appendix A ERROR MESSAGES AND CODES INTRODUCTION This appendix lists the error codes and a brief description of the probable cause of the error NOTE Errors listed in this appendix are applicable only for systems running Compaq BIOS NOTE Not all errors listed in this appendix may be applicable to a particular system model and or configuration 2 BEEP KEYBOARD LED CODES Table A 1 Beep Keyboard LED Codes Beeps LED 1 Probable Cause 1 short 2 long NUM lock blinking Base memory failure 1 long 2 short CAP lock blinking Video graphics controller failure 2 long 1 short Scroll lock blinking System failure prior to video initialization 1 long 3 short None Boot block executing None All three blink in sequence Keyboard locked in network mode None NUM lock steady on ROMPAQ diskette not present bad or drive not ready None CAP lock steady on Password prompt None All three blink together ROM flash failed None All three steady on Successful ROM flash NOTE 1 PS 2 keyboard only Compaq Personal Computers 1 Changed November 2000 Appendix Error Messages and Codes
271. standard 82077 typelogic The diskette drive controller has three operational phases in the following order Command phase The controller receives the command from the system Execution phase The controller carries out the command Results phase Status and results data is read back from the controller to the system The Command phase consists of several bytes written in series from the CPU to the data register 3F5h 375h The first byte identifies the command and the remaining bytes define the parameters of the command The Main Status register 3F4h 374h provides data flow control for the diskette drive controller and must be polled between each byte transfer during the Command phase The Execution phase starts as soon as the last byte of the Command phase 1s received An Execution phase may involve the transfer of data to and from the diskette drive a mechnical control function of the drive or an operation that remains internal to the diskette drive controller Data transfers writes or reads with the diskette drive controller are by DMA using the DRQ2 and DACK2 signals for control The Results phase consists of the CPU reading a series of status bytes from the data register 3F5h 375h that indicate the results of the command Note that some commands do not have a Result phase in which case the Execution phase can be followed by a Command phase During periods of inactivity the diskette drive controller is in a non operati
272. t DMA Channel Assignments DMA Channel Device ID Controller 1 byte transfers 0 Spare 1 Audio subsystem 2 Diskette drive 3 ECP LPT1 Controller 2 word transfers Cascade for controller 1 Spare Spare Spare channels DMA controller 1 operate at a higher priority than those in controller 2 Note that channel 4 15 not available for use other than its cascading function for controller 1 The controller 2 can transfer words only on an even address boundary The DMA controller and page register define a 24 bit address that allows data transfers within the address space of the CPU In addition to device configuration each channel can be configured through PCI Configuration Registers for one of two modes of operation LPCDMA PC PCI DMA The LPC DMA mode uses the LPC bus to communicate DMA channel control and is implemented for devices using DMA through the LPC47B357 I O controller such as the diskette drive controller The PC PCI DMA mode uses the REQ GNT signals to communicate DMA channel control and is used by PCI expansion devices Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 19 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support The DMA logic is accessed through two types of I O mapped registers page registers and controller registers 4 4 2 1 DMA Page Registers The DMA page register contains the eight most significant bits of
273. t Value 80h Memory Above 640 KB 0 1 Yes Bit 6 Weitek Numeric Coprocessor Present 0 Not installed 1 Installed Standard Numeric Coprocessor Present 0 Not installed 1 Installed Configuration Byte 34h International Language Support Default Value 00h Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 31 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support Configuration Byte 35h APM Status Flags Default Value 11h Power Conservation State 00 Ready 01 Standby 10 Suspend 11 Off Reserved 3 32 bit Connection 0 Disconnected 1 Connected 16 bit Connection 0 Disconnected 1 Connected Real Mode Connection 0 Disconnected 1 Connected Power Management Enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Configuration Byte 36h ECC POST Test Single Bit Errors Default Value 01h Function 7 0 No single bit error detected 1 Single bit error detected Configuration Byte 37h 3Fh Power On Password These eight locations hold the power on password 4 32 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 4 7 4 7 1 4 7 1 1 4 7 1 2 SYSTEM MANAGEMENT This section describes functions having to do with security power management temperature and overall status These functions are handled by hardware and firmware
274. t controller 17xx 55 Cylinder 1 error 17xx 06 Fatal error while reading 17xx 56 Failed controller RAM diagnostics 17xx 07 Fatal error while writing 17 57 Failed controller to drive diagnostics 17xx 08 Failed compare of R W buffers 17xx 58 Failed to write sector buffer 17xx 09 Failed to format a track 17xx 59 Failed to read sector buffer 17xx 10 Failed diskette sector wrap during read 17xx 60 Failed uncorrectable ECC error 17xx 19 Cntlr failed to deallocate bad sectors 17 62 Failed correctable ECC error 17xx 40 Cylinder O error 17 63 Failed soft error rate 17xx 41 Drive not ready 17xx 65 Exceeded max bad sectors per track 17xx 42 Failed to recalibrate drive 17xx 66 Failed to initialize drive parameter 17xx 43 Failed to format a bad track 17xx 67 Failed to write long 17xx 44 Failed controller diagnostics 17xx 68 Failed to read long 17xx 45 Failed to get drive parameters from ROM 17xx 69 Failed to read drive size 17xx 46 Invalid drive parameters from ROM 17xx 70 Failed translate mode 17 47 Failed to park heads 17xx 71 Failed non translate mode 17xx 48 Failed to move hard drive table to RAM 17xx 72 Bad track limit exceeded 17xx 49 Failed to read media in file write test 17 73 Previously exceeded bad track limit 17xx 50 Failed write test 1700 Hard drive ID test 1719 xx Hard drive power mode test 1701 xx Hard drive format test 1720 xx SMART drive detects imminent failure 1702 xx Hard drive read test 1721 xx SCSI
275. t operating systems and programming environments such as Windows 2000 Windows NT 4 0 Kintex 3D Studio Max 2D GDI 999999 OpenGL 1 1 and 1 2 Autodesk AutoCAD R14 and 2000 MS DirectDraw DX6 7 ActiveX DirectX Direct3D F5 POWER MANAGEMENT AND CONSUMPTION This controller provides monitor power control for monitors that conform to the VESA display power management signaling DPMS protocol This protocol defines different power consumption conditions and uses the HSYNC and VSYNC signals to select a monitor s power condition Table F 2 lists the monitor power conditions Table F 2 Monitor Power Management Conditions HSYNC VSYNC Power Mode Description Active Active On Monitor is completely powered up If activated the inactivity counter counts down during system inactivity and if allowed to tiemout generates an SMI to initiate the Suspend mode Active Inactive Suspend Monitor s high voltage section is turned off and CRT heater filament voltage is reduced from 6 6 to 4 4 VDC The Off mode inactivity timer counts down from the preset value and if allowed to timeout another SMI is generated and serviced resulting in the monitor being placed into the Off mode Wake up from Suspend mode is typically a few seconds Inactive Inactive Off Monitor s high voltage section and heater circuitry is turned off Wake up from Off mode is a little longer than from Suspend Power consumption of this card o
276. tandard Enhanced Keyboards f 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 32 35 36 a7 38 1 a2 43 44 45 a6 a7 48 49 50 51 52 53 4 55 56 57 59 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 7 749 75 76 77 7 ve so amp 82 83 84 85 86 87 89 90 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 oo 100 Ihol Figure C 3 U S English 101 Key Keyboard Key Positions 1 2 3114 15 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 C 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
277. ter descriptions The AGP graphics adapter actually its resident controller 15 configured as a standard PCI device Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 13 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support 4 3 3 CONNECTOR A1 A66 pru 66 Figure 4 8 Universal Bus Connector Table 4 7 AGP Bus Connector Pinout Pin A Signal B Signal Pin A Signal B Signal Pin A Signal B Signal 01 12 VDC OVRCNT 23 GND GND 45 VDD3 VDD3 02 Det VDD 24 NC VDD3 Aux 46 TRDY DEVSEL 03 NC VDD 25 VDD3 VDD3 47 STOP VDDQ 04 USBN USBP 26 PAD30 PAD31 48 PME PERR 05 GND GND 27 PAD28 PAD29 49 GND GND 06 INTA INTB 28 VDD3 VDD3 50 PAR SERR 07 RESET CLK 29 PAD26 PAD27 51 PAD15 CBE1 08 GNT REQ 30 PAD24 PAD25 52 VDDQ VDDQ 09 VDD3 VDD3 31 GND GND 53 PAD13 PAD14 10 ST1 STO 32 AD STB1 5181 54 11 12 11 5 2 33 PAD23 55 GND GND 12 PIPE RBF 34 VDDQ VDDQ 56 09 10 13 GND GND 35 PAD22 PAD21 57 CBEO PADO8 14 WBF NC 36 PAD20 PAD19 58 VDDQ VDDQ 15 SBA1 SBAO 37 GND GND 59 AD STBO AD STBO 16 VDD3 VDD3 38 PAD18 PAD17 60 PADO6 PADO7 17 SBA3 SBA2 39 PAD16 CBE2 61 GND GND 18 SB_STB SB_STB 40 VDDQ VDDQ 62 04 05 19 GND GND 41 FRAME IRDY 63 02 PADO3 20 SBA5 SBA4 42 NC VDD3 Aux 64 VDDQ VDDQ 21 SBA7 DBA6 43 GND GND 65 PADOO PADO1
278. test failed 204 05 Page hit address test failed 205 01 Walking I O test failed 205 02 Error while saving block in walking I O test 205 03 Error while restoring block in walking I O test 206 xx Increment pattern test failed 207 xx ECC failure 210 01 Memory increment pattern test 210 02 Error while saving memory during increment pattern test 210 03 Error while restoring memory during increment pattern test 211 01 Memory random pattern test 211 02 Error while saving memory during random memory pattern test 211 03 Error while restoring memory during random memory pattern test 213 Incompatible DIMM in slot x 214 xx Noise test failed 215 Random address test A 6 KEYBOARD ERROR MESSAGES 30 Table A 5 Keyboard Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 300 xx Failed ID test 303 05 LED test LED command test failed 301 01 Kybd short test 8042 self test failed 303 06 LED test LED command test failed 301 02 Kybd short test interface test failed 303 07 LED test LED command test failed 301 03 Kybd short test echo test failed 303 08 LED test command byte restore test failed 301 04 Kybd short test kybd reset failed 303 09 LED test LEDs failed to light 301 05 Kybd short test kybd reset failed 304 01 Keyboard repeat key test failed 302 Failed individual key test 304 02 Unable to enter mode 3 302 01 Kybd long test failed 304 03 Incorrect scan code from keyboard 303 0
279. the 24 bit address and works in conjunction with the DMA controllers to define the complete 24 bit address for the DMA channels Table 4 11 lists the page register port addresses Table 4 11 DMA Page Register Addresses DMA Channel Page Register Port Controller 1 byte transfers Ch 0 087h Ch 1 083h Ch2 081h Ch 3 082h Controller 2 word transfers Ch4 n a Ch 5 08Bh Ch 6 089h Ch 7 08Ah Refresh O8Fh see note NOTE The DMA memory page register for the refresh channel must be programmed with OOh for proper operation The memory address 15 derived as follows 24 Bit Address Controller 1 Byte Transfers 8 Bit Page Register 8 Bit DMA Controller A23 A16 A15 A00 24 Bit Address Controller 2 Word Transfers 8 Bit Page Register 16 Bit DMA Controller A23 A17 16 01 A00 0 Note that address line A16 from the DMA memory page register is disabled when DMA controller 2 15 selected Address line A00 15 not connected 10 controller 2 and is always 0 when word length transfers are selected By not connecting A00 the following applies The size of the the block of data that can be moved or addressed is measured in 16 bits words rather than 8 bits bytes words must always be addressed on an even boundary 4 20 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide DMA cont
280. the Power Button Override function This function 15 invoked with the following procedure 1 With the unit powered down press and release the power button 2 Immediately after releasing the power button in step 1 press and hold the power button until the unit powers down This action will be recorded as a Power Button Override event With the next startup sequence the BIOS will detect the occurrence of the Power Button Override event and will load the backup copy of NVRAM from the ROM to the CMOS NOTE The Power Button Override feature does not allow quick cycling of the system turning on then off If the power cord is disconnected during the POST routine the splash screen image may become corrupted requiring a re flashing of the ROM refer to chapter 8 BIOS ROM 4 6 5 STANDARD CMOS LOCATIONS Table 4 14 and the following paragraphs describe standard configuration memory locations 0Ah 3Fh These locations are accessible through using OUT IN assembly language instructions using port 70 71h or BIOS function INT15 823 Table 4 14 Configuration Memory CMOS Map Location Function Location Function 00 0Dh Real time clock 24h System board ID OEh Diagnostic status 25h System architecture data OFh System reset code 26h Auxiliary peripheral configuration 10h Diskette drive type 27h Speed control external drive 11h Reserved 28h Expanded base mem size IRQ12 12h Hard dr
281. thod and it s associated BIOS functions used on previous systems is no longer supported 8 16 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 8 7 8 7 1 Technical Reference Guide POWER MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS The BIOS ROM provides three types of power management support independent PM support APM support and ACPI support INDEPENDENT PM SUPPORT The BIOS can provide power management PM of the system independently from an operating system that doesn t support APM including DOS Unix NT amp older versions of OS 2 In the Independent PM environment the BIOS and hardware timers determine when to switch the system to a different power state State switching 15 not reported to the OS 8 7 1 1 Staying Awake In Independent PM There are two Time out to Standy timers used in independent PM the System Timer and the IDE Hard Drive Timer System Timer In POST the BIOS enables a timer in the ICH that generates an SMI once per minute When the BIOS detects the SMI it checks status bits in the ICH for device activity If any of the device activity status bits are set at the time of the 1 minute SMI BIOS resets the time out minute countdown The system timer can be configured through the Setup utility for counting down 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 120 180 or 240 minutes The following devices are checked for activity Keyboard Mouse Serial port s
282. tion March 2002 Technical Reference Guide Table 1 1 Acronyms and Abbreviations Continued Acronym Abbreviation Description PFC Power factor correction PIN personal identification number PIO Programmed POST power on self test PROM programmable read only memory PTR pointer RAM random access memory RAS row address strobe rcvr receiver RDRAM Direct Rambus DRAM RGB red green blue monitor input RH Relative humidity RMS root mean square ROM read only memory RPM revolutions per minute RTC real time clock R W Read Write SCSI small computer system interface SDRAM Synchronous Dynamic RAM SEC Single Edge Connector SECAM sequential colour avec memoire sequential color with memory SF sign flag SGRAM Synchronous Graphics RAM SIMD Single instruction multiple data SIMM single in line memory module SMART Self Monitor Analysis Report Technology SMI system management interrupt SMM system management mode SMRAM system management RAM SPD serial presence detect SPDIF Sony Philips Digital Interface IEC 958 specification SPN Spare part number SPP standard parallel port SRAM static RAM SSE Streaming SIMD extensions STN super twist pneumatic SVGA super VGA SW software Continued Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers 1 7 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium Processors Fifth Edition March 2002
283. tion is required The system board devices will be configured at the next boot If the user wants to abandon the changes then the application must call PnP function 02 Set System Device Node for each devnode with bit 1 of the control flag set for static configuration with the results from the calls made prior to invoking this function Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers8 15 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 6 1 SMBIOS In support of the DMI specification the PnP functions 50h and 51h are used to retrieve the SMBIOS data Function 50h retrieves the number of structures size of the largest structure and SMBIOS version Function 51h retrieves a specific structure This system supports SMBIOS version 2 3 1 and the following structure types 20 31 128 Data BIOS Information System Information System Enclosure or Chassis Processor Information Cache Information Port Connector Information System Slots BIOS Language Information System Event Log Information Physical Memory Array Memory Devices Memory Array Mapped Addresses Memory Device Mapped Addresses Boot Integrity Service Entry Point System Boot Information OEM Defined Structure with Intel Alert On LAN AOL Information NOTE System information on these systems is handled exclusively through the SMBIOS The System Information Table SIT me
284. to erase cartridge 19xx 06 Tape write protect error 19xx 26 Cannot identify drive 19xx 07 Tape already Servo Written 19xx 27 Drive not compatible with controller 19xx 08 Unable to Servo Write 19xx 28 Format gap error 19xx 09 Unable to format 19xx 30 Exception bit not set 19xx 10 Format mode error 19xx 31 Unexpected drive status 19xx 11 Drive recalibration error 19xx 32 Device fault 19xx 12 Tape not Servo Written 19xx 33 Illegal command 19 13 Tape formatted 19xx 34 No data detected 19 14 Drive time out error 19xx 35 Power on reset occurred 19xx 15 Sensor error flag 19xx 36 Failed to set FLEX format mode 19xx 16 Block locate block ID error 19xx 37 Failed to reset FLEX format mode 19 17 Soft error limit exceeded 19xx 38 Data mismatch on directory track 19xx 18 Hard error limit exceeded 19xx 39 Data mismatch on track 0 19xx 19 Write probably ID error 19xx 40 Failed self test 19xx 20 NEC fatal error 19xx 91 Power lost during test 1900 xx Tape ID test failed 1904 xx Tape test failed 1901 xx Tape servo write failed 1905 xx Tape read test failed 1902 xx Tape format failed 1906 xx Tape R W compare test failed 1903 xx Tape drive sensor test failed 1907 xx Tape write protect failed A 15 VIDEO GRAPHICS ERROR MESSAGES 24xx xx Table A 14 Video Graphics Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 2402 01 Video memory test failed 2418 0
285. to system transfers in the default mode consist of 11 bits as shown in Figure C 2 Toy Teli gt Tche Clock le Thb LSb MSb Start Dat Dat Dat Dat Dat Dat Dat Dat Parity Stop Data Bit Bit Parameter Minimum Nominal Maximum clock cycle 60 us 80 Tcl clock low 30 us 41 us 50 us Tch clock high 30 us 40 Th b t high before transmit 20 us Figure 2 PS 2 Keyboard To System Transmission Timing Diagram The system can halt keyboard transmission by setting the clock signal low The keyboard checks the clock line every 60 us to verify the state of the signal If a low is detected the keyboard will finish the current transmission if the rising edge of the clock pulse for the parity bit has not occurred The system uses the same timing relationships during reads typically with slightly reduced time periods The enhanced keyboard has three operating modes Mode 1 PC XT compatible 2 PC AT compatible default Mode3 Select mode keys are programmable as to make only break only typematic Modes can be selected by the user or set by the system Mode 2 15 the default mode Each mode produces a different set of scan codes When a key is pressed the keyboard processor sends that key s make code to the
286. tte drive disable boot disable write protect Power on password Administrator password Serial parallel port disable PS 2 Compaq Easy Access keyboard w Windows support 5 2 Compaq Scroll Mouse 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 Table 2 1 shows differences in features between Deskpro series based on form factor Table 2 1 Feature Difference Matrix by Form Factor Small Form Factor Slim Desktop Configurable Minitower 1 Series Deskpro EN Evo D500 Deskpro EN Deskpro EN Wkstn AP230 Chassis type Compaq Proprietary ATX ATX Drive bays 3 5 5 Audio 2 Premier Sound Business Audio Business Audio Front panel audio access Yes No No AGP slot No Yes Yes of PCI slots 3 5 5 Smart Cover Sensor Lock Yes Yes No Power Supply 120 watt 200 watt 200 watt NOTES 1 Unit may be configured as desktop or minitower 2 Systems with integrated AC97 sound Some systems without integrated AC97 sound circuitry legacy beep audio only 2 2 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 2 2 2 OPTIONS Technical Reference Guide The following items are available as options for all models and may be included in the standard configuration of some models System Memory Hard drives controllers Removeable media drives Graphics Monitors PC133 64 MB DIMM non ECC PC133 128 MB DIMM non ECC PC133 256 MB DIMM non ECC 10
287. uide Configuration is accomplished by BIOS during POST and re configurable with software The vender ID and device ID for the adapter are as follows Vender ID PCI config addr 00h 9005h Device ID PCI config addr 02h 0080h SCSI ADAPTER CONTROL Control of the SCSI host adapter 1s affected through I O mapped registers mapped as listed in Table G 1 Table G 1 Ultra SCSI Host Adapter Card Control Register Mapping Addr Function nOOh n1Fh SCSI Register Array n20h n5Fh Scratch RAM n60h n7Fh Phase Engine Sequencer n80h n9Fh Host Registers nOOh nFFh SCB Array n prefix address supplied by the BASEADRO PCI Config Reg SPECIFICATIONS The operating specifications are listed in Table G 2 Table G 2 Ultra SCSI Host Adapter Card Specifications Operating Voltage 5 VDC Maximum Current Draw 2A Operating Temperature 32 F 09 to 131 F 55 Compaq Personal Computers G 3 Original December 2000 Appendix K Compaq Adaptec 29160N SCSI Host Adapter G 5 SCSI CONNECTORS This SCSI card provides two internal header type connectors one 50 pin one 68 pin and one external D type connector 50 pin G 5 1 EXTERNAL 50 PIN ULTRA SCSI CONNECTOR The card provides one external 50 pin D type Ultra SCSI connector External cabling should meet T 10 SPI 2 standards 50 conductor round shielded Pin 1 Figure 3 Extern
288. upply crowbar activated Blinks red 0 5 Hz Off System off Off Off NOTE 1 Later systems using PCA s 011305 011308 or 011311 will power down for this condition 4 7 4 THERMAL SENSING AND COOLING systems feature a variable speed fan as part of the power supply assembly All systems also provide a system board connection for a processor s heat sink mounted fan standard on all Small Form Factor and on some Slim Desktop and Configurable Minitower units Slim Desktop and Configurable Minitower systems provide an auxiliary chassis fan All fans are controlled through temperature sensing logic both on the system board and in the power supply with slight differences between the Small Form Factor Figure 4 11 and the Slim Desktop Configurable Minitower Figure 4 12 systems An ASIC monitors a thermal diode internal to the processor and provides a Fan CMD signal that the Speed Control logic uses to vary the speed of the fan s through the negative terminal of the fan s The turning off of the fan s as the result from the system being placed into a Sleep condition is initiated by the ASIC asserting the Fan Off signal which results in the On Off Control logic shutting off the 12 volts to the fan s The main differences between the system types are as follows Inthe Small Form Factor system the processor fan if installed is controlled only by the ASIC and not affected by a power supply thermal condition Inthe Slim Desktop Confi
289. upports three transfer rates 1X 2X and 4X Regardless of the rate used the speed of the bus clock is constant at 66 MHz The following subsections describe how the use of additional strobe signals makes possible higher transfer rates AGP 1X Transfers During a AGP 1X transfer the 66 MHz CLK signal is used to qualify the control and data signals Each 4 byte data transfer is synchronous with CLK cycle so it takes two CLK cycles for a minimum 8 byte transfer Figure 4 5 shows two 8 byte transfers The GNT and TRDY signals retain their traditional PCI functions The STO 3 signals are used for priority encoding with 000 for low priority and 001 indicating high priority The signal level for AGP 1X transfers may be 3 3 or 1 5 VDC CLK GNT ue TRDY P EN gt gt lt N 5 0 2 Figure 4 5 Data Transfer Peak Transfer Rate 266 MB s Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers4 11 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 4 System Support AGP 2X Transfers During AGP 2X transfers clocking 1s basically the same as in 1X transfers except that the 66 MHz CLK signal is used to qualify only the control signals The data bytes are latched by an additional strobe STBx signal so that an 8 byte transfer occurs in one CLK cycle Figure 4 6 The first four byt
290. uring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 5 CLIENT MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS Table 8 4 lists the client management BIOS functions supported by the systems covered in this guide These functions designed to support intelligent manageability applications are Compaq specific unless otherwise indicated Table 8 4 Client Management Functions INT 15 AX Function Mode E800h Get system ID Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E813h Get monitor data Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E814h Get system revision Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E816h Get temperature status Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E817h Get drive attribute Real E818h Get drive off line test Real E819h Get chassis serial number Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E820h 1 Get system memory map Real E81Ah Write chassis serial number Real E81Bh Get hard drive threshold Real E81Eh Get hard drive ID Real E827h DIMM EEPROM Access Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot NOTE 1 Industry standard function 32 bit protected mode functions are accessed by using the industry standard BIOS32 Service Directory Using the service directory involves three steps 1 Locating the service directory 2 Using the service directory to obtain the entry point for the client management functions 3 Calling the client management service to perform the desired function The BIOS32 Service Directory is a 16 byte block that begins
291. urst Lengths Supported 99 125 OEM Specific Data 8 17 No of Banks For Each Mem Device 4 126 Intel frequency check 18 CAS Latencies Supported 4 127 Reserved 19 CS Latency 4 128 131 gt Compaq header CPQ1 9 20 Write Latency 4 132 Header checksum 9 21 DIMM Attributes 133 145 Unit serial number 9 10 22 Memory Device Attributes 146 DIMM ID 9 11 23 Min CLK Cycle Time at CL X 1 7 147 Checksum 9 24 Max Acc Time From CLK 0 CL X 1 7 Reserved 9 1 Programmed as 128 bytes by the DIMM OEM 2 Must be programmed to 256 bytes 3 High order bit defines redundant addressing if set 1 highest order RAS address must be re sent as highest order CAS address 4 Refer to memory manufacturer s datasheet 5 MSb is Self Refresh flag If set 1 assembly supports self refresh 6 Back to back random column addresses 7 Field format proposed to JEDEC but not defined as standard at publication time 8 Field specified as optional by JEDEC but required by this system 9 Compaq usage This system requires that the DIMM EEPROM have this space available for reads writes 10 Serial in ASCII format MSB is 133 Intended as backup identifier in case vender data is invalid Can also be used to indicate s n mismatch and flag system adminstrator of possible system Tampering 11 Contains the socket of the module first module is 1 Intended as backup identifier refer to note 10 3 6 Compaq Deskpro and Evo
292. us products IDE Hard Drive Standby During hard drive standby the platters stop spinning Depending on drive type some hard drives will also cut power to some of the drive electronics that are not needed The drives can be in this state with the system still awake 8 7 1 3 Suspend Suspend 15 not supported in the Independent PM mode 8 7 1 4 System OFF When the system is turned Off but still plugged into a live AC outlet the NIC ICH2 and I O components continue to receive auxiliary power in order to power up as the result of a Magic Packet M being received over a network Some NICS are able to wake up a system from Standby in PM most require their Windows NT driver to reset them after one wake up 8 7 1 5 Waking Up in Independent PM Activity of either of the following devices will cause the system to wake up with the screen restored Keyboard Mouse if driver installed The hard drive will not spin up until it is accessed Any hard drive access will cause it to wake up and resume spinning Since the BIOS returns to the currently running software it is possible for the drive to spin up while the system 15 in Standby with the screen blanked 8 18 Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifih Edition March 2002 8 7 2 8 7 3 Technical Reference Guide ACPI SUPPORT This system meets the hardware and firmware requirements for being ACPI compliant This syste
293. uters Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 5 2 2 Technical Reference Guide IDE CONNECTOR This system uses a standard 40 pin connector for the primary IDE device and connects via a cable to the hard drive installed in the right side drive bay Note that some signals are re defined for UATA 33 and UATA 66 modes which require a special 80 conductor cable supplied designed to reduce cross talk Device power is supplied through a separate connector Figure 5 1 40 Pin Primary IDE Connector on system board Table 5 3 40 Pin Primary IDE Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 RESET Reset 21 DRQ DMA Request 2 GND Ground 22 GND Ground 3 007 Data Bit lt 7 gt 23 IOW Write 1 4 DD8 Data Bit 8 24 GND Ground 5 DD6 Data Bit 6 25 IOR Read 2 6 DD9 Data Bit 9 26 GND Ground 7 DD5 Data Bit 5 27 IORDY Channel Ready 3 8 DD10 Data Bit lt 10 gt 28 CSEL Cable Select 9 004 Data Bit lt 4 gt 29 DAK DMA Acknowledge 10 DD11 Data Bit lt 11 gt 30 GND Ground 11 DD3 Data Bit 3 31 IRQn Interrupt Request 4 12 DD12 Data Bit lt 12 gt 32 1016 16 bit 13 DD2 Data Bit lt 2 gt 33 DA1 Address 1 14 DD13 Data Bit lt 13 gt 34 DSKPDIAG Pass Diagnostics 15 DD1 Data Bit lt 1 gt 35 DAO Address 0 16 DD14 Data Bit lt 14 gt 36 DA2 Address 2 17 DDO Data Bit lt 0 gt 37 50 Chip
294. ve Suspend Monitor s high voltage section is turned off and CRT heater filament voltage is reduced from 6 6 to 4 4 VDC The Off mode inactivity timer counts down from the preset value and if allowed to timeout another SMI is generated and serviced resulting in the monitor being placed into the Off mode Wake up from Suspend mode is typically a few seconds Inactive Inactive Off Monitor s high voltage section and heater circuitry is turned off Wake up from Off mode is a little longer than from Suspend The graphics card s maximum power consumption on the AGP bus is listed below Maximum current draw 3 3 VDC 3 0 A Maximum current draw 5 0 50 mA Maximum current draw 1 5 VDC 10 mA Maximum power consumption 10 2 watts D 4 Compaq Personal Computers Original July 2000 Technical Reference Guide 0 6 CONNECTORS There are two connectors associated with the graphics subsystem the display monitor connector and the Feature connector NOTE The graphic card s edge connector mates with the AGP slot connector on the system board This interface is described in chapter 4 of this guide The DB 15 disply monitor connector is provided for connection of a compatible RGB analog monitor The Feature connector allows the attachment of an optional card such as a video tuner D 6 1 MONITOR CONNECTOR Figure D 3 VGA Monitor Connector Female DB 15 as viewed from rear Table D 3 DB 15 Monitor
295. xt byte written to port 60h as if it originated from the keyboard No 11 to 9 bit translation takes place but an interrupt IRQ1 is generated if enabled D3h Echo pointing device data Directs the 8042 to send back to the CPU the next byte written to port 60h as if it originated from the pointing device An interrupt IRQ12 is generated if enabled D4h Write to pointing device Directs the 8042 to send the next byte written to 60h to the pointing device EOh Read test inputs Directs the 8042 to transfer the test bits 1 and 0 into bits 1 0 of the output buffer FOh FFh Pulse output port Controls the pulsing of bits lt 3 0 gt of the output port 0 pulse 1 don t pulse Note that pulsing bit lt 0 gt will reset the system 5 20 Deskpro and Evo Personal Computers Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium III Processors Fifth Edition March 2002 Technical Reference Guide 5 6 4 KEYBOARD POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE CONNECTOR The legacy light model provides separate PS 2 connectors for the keyboard and pointing device Both connectors are identical both physically and electrically Figure 5 7 and Table 5 16 show the connector and pinout of the keyboard pointing device interface connectors Figure 5 7 Keyboard or Pointing Device Interface Connector as viewed from rear of chassis Table 5 16 Keyboard Pointing Device Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description
296. yte of multi byte commands to the 8042 and to receive responses from the 8042 for commands that require a response A read of 60h by the CPU yields the byte held in the output buffer The output buffer holds data that has been received from the keyboard and 15 to be transferred to the system A CPU write to 60h places a data byte in the input byte buffer and sets the CMD DATA bit of the Status register to DATA The input buffer is used for transferring data from the system to the keyboard data written to this port by the CPU will be transferred to the keyboard except bytes that follow a multibyte command that was written to 64h Port 64h port 64h is used for reading the status register and for writing commands A read of 64h by the CPU will yield the status byte defined as follows General Purpose Flags CMD DATA Flag reflects the state of A2 during a CPU write 0 lt Data 1 Command General Purpose Flag 1 Input Buffer Full Set to 1 upon a CPU write Cleared by IN A DBB instruction Output Buffer Full if set Cleared by a CPU read of the buffer A CPU write to I O port 64h places a command value into the input buffer and sets the CMD DATA bit of the status register bit lt 3 gt to CMD Table 5 15 lists the commands that can be sent to the 8042 by the CPU 8042 uses IRQI for gaining the attention of the CPU Compaq Deskpro and Evo Personal ComputersS 19 Featuring Intel Celeron and Pentium I

Technical Reference Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents